4 0 0 S E R I E S S E R I E S A R C H I T E C T U R A L PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "4 0 0 S E R I E S S E R I E S A R C H I T E C T U R A L PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS"

Transcription

1 4 0 0 S E R I E S S E R I E S A R C H I T E C T U R A L PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS

2 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows SECTION REFERENCE Alignment Grid Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Bay & Bow Windows Art Glass Options Combination Designs Performance Data

3 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Features FRAME A A seamless one-piece, pre-formed rigid vinyl frame cover is secured to the exterior of the frame to maintain an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. B The full perimeter installation flange C is seamless and integrated with the exterior of the frame. C Wood frame members are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative for long-lasting* protection and performance. D Interior stops are unfinished pine. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. SASH E Rigid vinyl (PVC) encases the entire sash a vinyl weld protects each sash corner for superior weathertightness to maintain an attractive appearance and minimize maintenance. Exterior D F Wood core members provide excellent structural stability and energy efficiency. G Flexible bulb weatherstripping or PVC closed-cell foam weatherstripping is factory-installed on the perimeter of the sash. Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. G B I F H E A Interior GLASS H A glazing bead and silicone provide superior weathertightness and durability. I High-performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) HARDWARE Smooth Control Hardware System The Smooth Control hardware system employs a worm gear drive for easy operation. The split-arm operator moves the sash away from the frame to provide for easier glass cleaning. (Hardware option and finish must be specified.) CXW15, CXW155, CXW16 and CXW25 units are not available with split-arm hardware. Handle and cover sold separately. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Single-Actuation Casement Lock A single-actuation lock releases the casement sash easily while the reach-out action eliminates binding when closing. The lock handle is offered in finishes that coordinate with your specified hardware option. Awning Sash Locks Awning sash locks provide an added measure of security and weathertightness. Hardware style and finish options are compatible with Andersen casement windows to ensure consistency in appearance when used in combination designs. Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine Hardware Sold Separately. Estate Hardware Folding Hardware NEW FINISHES Folding handles avoid interference with window treatments. Classic Series Hardware Made of solid brass. Available with bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze finishes. Contemporary Available in bright brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish. Traditional Available in bright brass, antique brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish. Available in white or stone finish. Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone gold dust black 36 Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples.

4 PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME HARDWARE INSECT SCREENS 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG) UPGRADE Performance upgrades are available for select casement and awning sizes, allowing these units to achieve the following performance: Casement - PG 70 Awning - PG 60 Performance Grade (PG) Ratings replace Design Pressure (DP) Ratings for measuring product performance. See page 269. Contact your Andersen supplier for availability. Casement and awning windows are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. Extension s Standard jamb depth is 2 7 /8". Extension jambs are available in unfinished pine or prefinished white. Some sizes may be veneered. Factory-Applied Extension s Available in 4 9 /16" and 6 9 /16" sizes. Extension jambs can be factory-applied to either three sides (stool and apron application) or four sides (picture frame casing). Non-Applied Extension s Non-applied extension jambs are available for the following wall depths: 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Corrosion-Resistant Components Corrosion-resistant hinge and operator arm hardware kit made with high-quality stainless steel. For harsh and corrosive environment applications such as heavy industrial or coastal areas.* SPECIAL USE OPERATORS Available in Classic Series design only. Compact Operator Handle Specially designed for use in situations where blinds or other window treatments interfere with standard operator handle. Available in white or stone finish. Easy-Grip Handle Larger knob makes it easier to grip and operate. Available in white or stone finish. Operator Spline Cover An operator spline cover is an attractive cap that covers the roto operator stud when the handle has been removed to control access or operation of the window. Operator spline cover should not be used on any window designated or intended for emergency escape or rescue. Please consult your local building code official for local egress code requirements. Awning Electric Operator The electric operator opens and closes the window automatically. Commonly used in clerestory or hard-to-reach installations. When ordered with the unit, correct hardware is factory installed for easy application of the operator. Kits are also available for field application of electric operator. Field application kits contain the following: modified operator, sill stop, wood filler piece, sash bracket, screws and installation guidelines. EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide over 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. For casement and awning windows, they are available with stone- or white-colored frames or with pine screen frame interiors to blend with the wood interior of the window. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens have charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. Available with frames in white or stone. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Narrow Drywall Return Bead A narrow drywall return bead is available for units ordered with prefinished white interiors. Can be ordered factory-applied or in non-applied lineals. Metal T-Handle Our smallest operator handle, the Metal T-handle, may make it more difficult for young children (5 and under) to open the window. For more information on child safety, write: Andersen Corporation LookOut for Kids Program 100 Fourth Avenue North Bayport, MN Call or us at: lofk@andersencorp.com GLASS Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation and is used with permission. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 37

5 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Alignment Grid for Standard Sizes of Casement, Awning, Picture and Transom Windows 1'-5" 1'-8 1 2" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" 2'-9 3 4" 2' " 3'-4 3 4" 3' " Specialty 4'-0" See the specialty window section, starting on page 119, for these and other specialty shapes and sizes. AFC106 AFCW106 AFCP3006 AFC206 AFC11 CTQC1 AFCW11 CTQCW1 CTQCX1 AFCP301 CTQA3 AFC21 Transom CTC1 CTCW1 CTCX1 CTCXW1 CTC2 1'-0" CTR1510 CTR1810 CTR2010 CTR2410 CTR2810 CTR2910 CTR3010 PTR3010 CTR3410 PTR3510 CTR4010 PTR4010 Awning CTR21810 CTR '-5" 1'-8 1 2" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" AR21 A21 AR251 AR281 AR31 AR351 AR41 AN21 AN251 AN281 AN31 AN351 AN41 A251 A281 A31 A351 A41 AW21 AW251 AW281 AW31 AW351 AW41 AR221 AN221 A221 AW221 2' " AX251 AX281 AX31 AX351 AX41 3'-4 3 4" AXW281 AXW31 AXW351 AXW41 Casement, Awning and Picture A335 A3535 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" CR12 CN12 C12 CW12 CN22 C22 2' " CR125 CN125 C125 CW125 CX125 CN225 C225 3' " CR13 CN13 C13 CW13 CX13 CR23 CXW13 P3030 CN23 P3530 C23 P4030 4'-0" CR135 CN135 C135 CW135 CX135 CR235 CXW135 P3035 CN235 P3535 C235 P4035 4' " CR14 CN14 C14 A212 CW14 CX14 CR24 CXW14 A312 AP32V P3040 CN24 AP352V P3540 C24 AP42V P4040 4' " CR145 CN145 C145 CW145 CX145 CR245 CXW145 P3045 CN245 P3545 C245 P4045 5' " CR15 CN15 C15 CW15 CX15 CR25 CXW15 PA3050* P3050 CN25 PA3550* P3550 C25 P4050 5' " CR155 CN155 C155 CW155 CX155 CR255 CXW155 P3055 CN255 P3555 C255 P4055 CR16 CN16 C16 A213 CW16 CX16 CR26 CXW16 PA3060 AXW312** A313 P3060 CN26 PA3560 P3560 C26 PA4060 P4060 *Actual height of 4' ". **Actual height of 5' ". 38

6 4' " 4'-8 1 2" 4' " 5'-1" 5'-2 3 4" 5' " 5' " 5' " 7'-0 5 8" AFCW206 AFCW21 Similar jamb profiles enable these standard size windows to be combined in multiple combinations. Custom-size windows are also available. 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows AR451 CTCW2 CTCX2 CTC3 PTR4510 CTR4810 PTR5010 CTR5110 CTR5210 PTR5510 CTR51110 CTR6010 PTR6010 CTR7010 CTR22410 CTR31810 CTR22810 CTR23010 CTR32010 CTR32410 AR2251 AR51 AR2281 AR551 AR231 AR61 AR321 AR3251 Window widths and heights shown. See individual size charts for additional dimensions. In addition to venting configurations shown, other standard configurations are available. AN451 AN2251 AN51 AN2281 AN551 AN231 AN61 AN321 AN3251 A451 A2251 A51 A2281 A551 A231 A61 A321 A3251 AW451 AW2251 AW51 AW2281 AW551 AW231 AW61 AW321 AW3251 AX451 AX2251 AX51 AX2281 AX551 AX231 AX61 AX3251 AXW451 AXW51 AXW2281 AXW551 AXW231 AXW61 CW22 CN32 C32 CW32 CW225 CN325 C325 CW325 P4530 CW23 P5030 CN33 CX23 P5530 CXW23 C33 P6030 CW33 P4535 CW235 P5035 CN335 CX235 P5535 CXW235 C335 P6035 CW335 P4540 CW24 P5040 CN34 CX24 P5540 CXW24 C34 P6040 CW34 P4545 CW245 P5045 CN345 CX245 P5545 CXW245 C345 P6045 CW345 P4550 CW25 P5050 CN35 CX25 P5550 CXW25 C35 P6050 CW35 P4555 CW255 P5055 P4560 CW26 P

7 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Table of Casement and Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-5" 1'-8 1 2" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" 2' " 2'-9 3 4" 3'-4 3 4" 4'-0" 4'-8 1 2" Minimum Rough Opening 1'-5 1 2" 1'-9" 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 2'-8" 3'-0 1 2" 2' " 3'-5 1 4" 4'-0 1 2" 4'-9" Unobstructed Glass (casement, single sash only) " " " 24" " " " " " 24" 1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2' " 3' " Unobstructed Glass (transom, single sash only) 3'-0 1 2" 3'-5 3 8" CTR1510 CR12 CN12 C12 CW12* CR125 CR13 CR135 CTR1810 CN125 CN13 CN " C125 C13 C " CW125* CW13* CW135 * CX125 CX13 CX135 CXW13 CXW " CR23 CR " CTR2010 CTR2410 CTR2810 CTR3010 CTR2910 CTR3410 CTR4010 CTR4810 CTR21810 CN22 CN225 CN23 CN " CTR22010 C22 C225 C23 C " CTR22410 CW22* CW225* CW23* CW235 * CR14 CN14 C14 CW14 * CX14 CXW14 CR24 CN24 C24 CW24 * CR145 CN145 C145 CW145 * CX145 CXW145 CR245 CN245 C245 CW245 * CR15 CN15 C15 CW15 * CX15 CXW15 ** CR25 CN25 C25 CW25 * CR155 CN155 C155 CW155 * CX155 CXW155 ** CR255 CN255 C255 CW255 * 5' " 6'-0 3 8" " 5' " 4' " 5'-0 3 8" " 4'-0" 4'-0 1 2" " 5'-5 3 8" " 36" 60" 4' " 4'-5 3 8" 48" 2'-0 5 8" 1'-0 1 2" 1'-0 1 2" 2'-4 7 8" " " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " 1'-0" " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1'-5" to 7'-0 5 8" CUSTOM WIDTHS 1'-5" to 2' " " " CR16 CN16 C16 CW16 * CX16 CXW16 ** CR26 CN26 C26 CW26 * "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24" with appropriate hardware, straight or split arm operator, specified. See tables on pages * Meet clear opening width of 20" using sill hinge control bracket with split arm operator specified (bracket can be pivoted for cleaning position) and meet clear opening width of 22" with straight arm operator specified. ** Available with straight arm operators only. 40

8 5'-2 3 4" 5'-3 1 4" 5' " 6'-0 1 8" 5'-1" 5'-1 1 2" 5' " 6'-0 3 8" 7'-0 5 8" 7'-1 1 8" 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows " " " " 24" " " " " " CTR5210 CTR51110 CTR5110 CTR6010 CTR7010 CTR22810 CTR23010 CTR31810 CTR32010 CTR32410 Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Windows can also be custom sized to match standard sizes ending in a sixteenth of an inch. Single windows only. See page 49 for more information. CN32 C32 CW32* CN325 C325 CW325* Left Right Stationary CX23 CXW23 CN33 C33 CW33* Choose left, right or stationary as viewed from the exterior. In addition to venting shown in table, other standard CX235 CXW235 CN335 C335 CW335 * configurations are available for single, double and triple windows. Transom (CTR) windows are stationary only. CX24 CXW24 CN34 C34 CW34 * Double and triple windows shown have one continuous outer frame. CX245 CXW245 CN345 C345 CW345 * Transom (CTR) windows can be used over casement or awning windows and may be rotated 90 and used as a sidelight with casement, awning or picture windows. CX25 CXW25 ** CN35 C35 CW35 * Divided light patterns shown on page 50. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24" with appropriate hardware, straight or split arm operator, specified. See tables on pages * Meet clear opening width of 20" using sill hinge control bracket with split arm operator specified (bracket can be pivoted for cleaning position) and meet clear opening width of 22" with straight arm operator specified. ** Available with straight arm operators only. 41

9 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Table of Awning Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" 2' " 3' " 4'-0" 4' " 4' " 5' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 2'-8" 3'-0 1 2" 3'-5 3 8" 4'-0 1 2" 4'-5 3 8" 5'-0 3 8" 5'-5 3 8" 6'-0 3 8" 1'-5" 1'-8 1 2" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" 2' " 3'-4 3 4" 4'-0" Unobstructed Glass (single sash only) 1'-5 1 2" 1'-9" 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 2'-8" 3'-0 1 2" 3'-5 1 4" 4'-0 1 2" " " " 24" " " " " CUSTOM HEIGTHTS 1'-5" to 2' " CUSTOM HEIGTHS 2' " to 4'-0" venting only " " " " 36" " 48" " 60" " CUSTOM WIDTHS 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " AR21 AR251 1AR28 AR31 AR351 AR41 AN21 A21 AW21 AN251 A251 AW251 AX251 AN281 A281 AW281 AX281 AXW281 AN31 A31 AW31 AX31 AXW31 CUSTOM WIDTHS 2'-0 1 8" to 4'-0" venting only A335 AP32V AN351 A351 AW351 A3535 AN41 A41 AW41 AR451 AN451 AR51 AN51 AR61 AN61 A451 A51 A551 A61 AW451 AW51 AR551 AN551 AW551 AW61 AX351 AX41 AX451 AX51 AX551 AX61 AXW351 AXW41 AXW451 AXW51 AXW551 AXW61 AP352V AP42V CUSTOM HEIGTHTS > 2'-7 1 2" stationary only CUSTOM WIDTHS > 4' " stationary only Window Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2' " 2' " 3' " 4'-0" 2'-0 1 8" 2' " Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 3'-0 1 2" 3'-0 1 2" 3'-5 3 8" 4'-0 1 2" 2'-0 5 8" 3'-0 1 2" A212 (A21/A21) A312 (A21/A21) 4' " 5'-0 3 8" 4'-0" 4'-0 1 2" PA3050 (AXW31/A31) PA3550 (AXW351/A351) 5' " 6'-0 1 8" 5' " 6'-0 3 8" "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. 42 AXW312 (AXW31/AXW31) PA3060 (AP32V/A31) PA3560 (AP352V/A351) PA4060 (AP42V/A41) A213 A313 (A21/A21/A21) (A31/A31/A31)

10 4'-0" 4'-0 1 2" 4'-8 1 2" 4'-9" 5'-2 3 4" 5'-3 1 4" 5' " 6'-0 1 8" 5' " 6'-0 3 8" 7'-0 5 8" 7'-1 1 8" 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows " " " " " " AR221 AR2251 AR2281 AR231 AR321 AR3251 Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Windows can also be custom AN221 AN2251 AN2281 AN231 AN321 AN3251 sized to match standard sizes ending in a sixteenth of an inch. Single windows only. A221 A2251 A2281 A231 A321 A3251 See page 49 for more information. AW221 AW2251 AW2281 AW231 AW321 AW3251 AX2251 AX2281 AX231 AX3251 AXW2281 AXW231 Venting Stationary Choose venting or stationary. AXW551 and AXW61 windows are stationary only. In addition to venting shown in table, other standard configurations are available for double, triple and stacked windows. Double, triple and stacked windows shown have one continuous outer frame. Awning window must be installed to vent as shown and should not be rotated and used as a hopper. Transom (CTR) windows can be used over casement or awning windows and may be rotated 90 and used as a sidelight with casement, awning or picture windows. Divided light patterns shown on page 50. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. 43

11 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Table of Picture and Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Unit Dimension 2' /16" 3'-4 13 /16" 4'-0" 4'-4 13 /16" 4'-11 7 /8" 5'-4 13 /16" 5'-11 7 /8" Minimum Rough Opening 3'-0 1 /2" 3'-5 3 /8" 4'-0 1 /2" 4'-5 3 /8" 5'-0 3 /8" 5'-5 3 /8" 6'-0 3 /8" Unobstructed Glass 31 1 /8" 36" 43 3 /16" 48" 55 1 /16" 60" 67 1 /16" CUSTOM WIDTHS 3'-0" to 5' " 4'-0" 3'-4 13 /16" 2' /16" 1-0" 4'-0 1 /2" 3'-5 3 /8" 3'-0 1 /2" 1'-0 1 /2" 43 3 /16" 36" 31 1 /8" 7 3 /16" 1'-0" CUSTOM HEIGHTS 3'-0" to 5' " PTR3010 PTR3510 PTR4010 PTR4510 PTR5010 PTR5510 PTR6010 CUSTOM WIDTHS 3'-0" to 4' " CUSTOM WIDTHS 5'-0" to 5' " P3030 P3035 P3530 P3535 P4030 P4035 P4530 P4535 P5030 P5035 P5530 P5535 P6030 P6035 P3040 P3540 P4040 P4540 P5040 P5540 P6040 P3045 P3545 P4045 P4545 P5045 P5545 P6045 P3050 P3550 P4050 P4550 P5050 P5550 P6050 P3055 P3555 P4055 P4555 P5055 5'-11 7 /8" 6'-0 3 /8" 67 1 /16" CUSTOM HEIGHTS 3'-0" to 4' " 4'-4 13 /16" 4'-5 3 /8" 5'-4 13 /16" 48" 4'-11 7 /8" 5'-0 3 /8" 55 1 /16" 5'-5 3 /8" 60" Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Windows can also be custom sized to match standard sizes ending in a sixteenth of an inch. See page 49 for more information. Picture and transom (PTR) windows may be rotated 90 to align with casement or awning windows. Divided light patterns shown on page 50. P3060 P3560 P4060 P4560 P5060 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. 44

12 Casement Opening Specifications and Glass/Window Window Number Clear Opening Straight Arm Clear Opening Split Arm Straight Arm Width Clear Opening in Full Open Position Split Arm Width Height Glass Straight Arm Vent Split Arm Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window CR /16" 19 1 /4" /16" 2.8 CR / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 8" 3.3 CR / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 4.2 CR / 16" / 16" / 8" 4.8 CR / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 5.7 CR /16" /16" /8" 6.2 CR /16" 55" /16" 7.1 CR / 16" / 16" / 8" 7.7 CR /16" 67" /16" 8.5 CR /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 8.4 CR /16" /16" /8" 9.6 CR /16" 43 1 /8" /16" 11.3 CR /16" /16" /8" 12.4 CR /16" 55" /16" 14.2 CR / 16" / 16" / 8" 15.4 CR / 16" 67" / 16" 17.0 CN /16" 19 1 /4" /16" 3.4 CN / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 8" 4.0 CN /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 5.1 CN / 16" / 16" / 8" 5.8 CN /16" 43 1 /8" /16" 6.8 CN / 16" / 16" / 8" 7.5 CN /16" 55" /16" 8.5 CN /16" /16" /8" 9.2 CN /16" 67" /16" 10.2 CN / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 6.8 CN / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 16" 8.0 CN /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 10.2 CN /16" /16" /8" 11.5 CN / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 13.6 CN / 16" / 16" / 8" 15.0 CN /16" 55" /16" 16.9 CN /16" /16" /8" 18.4 CN /16" 67" /16" 20.3 CN / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 10.2 CN /16" 23 7 /16" /8" 12.0 CN / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 15.3 CN /16" /16" /8" 17.4 CN / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 20.4 CN /16" /16" /8" 22.5 CN / 16" 55" / 16" 25.5 CN /16" /16" /8" 27.6 CN / 16" 67" / 16" 30.6 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 4.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 8" 4.7 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 6.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" / 16" / 8" 6.8 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 8.0 C /16" 14 7 /16" /16" /8" 8.8 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 55" / 16" 10.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" / 16" / 8" 10.9 C /16" 14 7 /16" 67" /16" 12.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 8.0 C /16" 14 7 /16" 23 7 /16" /8" 9.4 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 12.0 C /16" 14 7 /16" /16" /8" 13.6 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 16.0 C /16" 14 7 /16" /16" /8" 17.6 C /16" 14 7 /16" 55" /16" 20.0 "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 / 2". continued on next page 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows 45

13 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Casement Opening Specifications and Glass/Window 46 Window Number Clear Opening Straight Arm Clear Opening Split Arm Straight Arm Width (continued) Clear Opening in Full Open Position Split Arm Width Height Glass Straight Arm Vent Split Arm Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window C /16" 14 7 /16" /16" /8" 21.6 C /16" 14 7 /16" 67" /16" 24.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 12.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 8" 14.1 C /16" 14 7 /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 17.9 C /16" 14 7 /16" /16" /8" 20.4 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 24.0 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" / 16" / 8" 26.4 C / 16" 14 7 / 16" 55" / 16" 29.9 CW / 16" / 16" 19 1 / 4" / 16" 4.8 CW /16" /16" 23 7 /16" /8" 5.6 CW /16" /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 7.1 CW / 16" 20" 36 3 / 8" / 8" 8.0 CW /16" 20" 43 1 /8" /16" 9.5 CW / 16" 20" / 16" / 8" 10.4 CW / 16" 20" 55" / 16" 11.8 CW /16" 20" /16" /8" 12.8 CW / 16" 20" 67" / 16" 14.2 CW /16" /16" 19 1 /4" /16" 9.6 CW /16" /16" 23 7 /16" /8" 11.2 CW /16" /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 14.1 CW / 16" 20" 36 3 / 8" / 8" 16.0 CW /16" 20" 43 1 /8" /16" 18.8 CW /16" 20" /16" /8" 20.8 CW /16" 20" 55" /16" 23.5 CW / 16" 20" / 16" / 8" 25.6 CW / 16" 20" 67" / 16" 28.2 CW /16" /16" 19 1 /4" /16" 14.4 CW /16" /16" 23 7 /16" /8" 16.8 CW / 16" / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 21.1 CW / 16" 20" 36 3 / 8" / 8" 24.0 CW /16" 20" 43 1 /8" /16" 28.2 CW /16" 20" /16" /8" 31.0 CW /16" 20" 55" /16" 35.2 CX / 16" / 16" 23 7 / 16" / 8" 6.2 CX /16" /16" 31 1 /16" /4" 7.9 CX / 16" / 16" / 16" / 8" 8.9 CX /16" /16" 43 1 /8" /16" 10.5 CX / 16" / 16" / 16" / 8" 11.6 CX /16" /16" 55" /16" 13.1 CX / 16" / 16" / 16" / 8" 14.2 CX /16" /16" 67" /16" 15.7 CX / 16" / 16" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 15.7 CX / 16" / 16" / 16" / 8" 17.8 CX /16" /16" 43 1 /8" /16" 20.9 CX / 16" / 16" / 16" / 8" 23.0 CX / 16" / 16" 55" / 16" 26.1 CXW /8" 26 1 /4" 31 1 /16" /4" 9.0 CXW /8" 26 1 /4" /16" /8" 10.2 CXW / 8" 26 1 / 4" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 12.0 CXW /8" 26 1 /4" /16" /8" 13.2 CXW /8" 55" /16" 14.9 CXW / 8" / 16" / 8" 16.2 CXW /8" 67" /16" 17.9 CXW / 8" 26 1 / 4" 31 1 / 16" / 4" 17.9 CXW / 8" 26 1 / 4" 35 5 / 16" / 8" 20.3 CXW / 8" 26 1 / 4" 43 1 / 8" / 16" 23.9 CXW /8" 26 1 /4" /16" /8" 26.3 CXW /8" 55" /16" 29.8 "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 / 2". Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24" with appropriate hardware, straight or split arm operator, specified.

14 400 SERIES Awning Opening Specifications and Glass/Window Window Number Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window AR /2" 6 3 /8" /16" 2.8 AR /4" 6 3 /8" /16" 3.3 AR / 8" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 3.7 AR / 16" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 4.2 AR /16" 6 3 /8" /16" 4.8 AR / 8" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 5.7 AR /16" 6 3 /8" /16" 6.2 AR / 2" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 7.1 AR / 16" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 7.7 AR / 2" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 8.5 AR /2" 6 3 /8" /16" 5.6 AR / 4" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 6.6 AR / 8" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 7.4 AR /16" 6 3 /8" /16" 8.4 AR / 2" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 8.4 AR / 4" 6 3 / 8" / 16" 9.9 AN /2" 6 7 /16" /16" 3.4 AN / 4" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 4.0 AN /8" 6 7 /16" /16" 4.5 AN / 16" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 5.1 AN /16" 6 7 /16" /16" 5.8 AN / 8" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 6.8 AN /16" 6 7 /16" /16" 7.5 AN /2" 6 7 /16" /16" 8.5 AN /16" 6 7 /16" /16" 9.2 AN / 2" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 10.2 AN / 2" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 6.8 AN /4" 6 7 /16" /16" 8.0 AN /8" 6 7 /16" /16" 9.0 AN / 16" 6 7 / 16" / 16" 10.2 AN /2" 6 7 /16" /16" 10.2 AN /4" 6 7 /16" /16" 12.0 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 4.0 A /4" 6 1 /2" /16" 4.8 A / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 5.3 A /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 6.0 A / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 6.8 A /8" 6 1 /2" /16" 8.0 A /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 8.8 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 10.0 A /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 10.9 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 12.0 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 8.0 A / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 9.6 A / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 10.6 A / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 12.0 A / 2" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 12.0 A /4" 6 1 /2" /16" 14.4 AW /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 4.8 AW / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 5.6 AW /8" 6 1 /2" /16" 6.2 AW /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 7.1 AW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 8.0 AW /8" 6 1 /2" /16" 9.5 AW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 10.4 AW / 2" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 11.8 AW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 12.8 AW /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 14.2 AW /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 9.6 AW / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 11.2 "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2". continued on next page Picture Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Series Casement & Awning Windows

15 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Awning Opening Specifications and Glass/Window Window Number Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass (continued) Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window AW / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 12.4 AW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 14.2 AW /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 14.4 AW / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 16.8 AX / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 6.2 AX /8" 6 1 /2" /16" 6.9 AX /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 7.9 AX / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 8.9 AX / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 10.5 AX /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 11.6 AX / 2" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 13.1 AX / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 14.2 AX /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 15.7 AX / 4" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 12.4 AX / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 13.8 AX / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 15.7 AX /4" 6 1 /2" /16" 18.6 AXW / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 2" 7.9 AXW /16" 6 1 /2" /2" 9.0 AXW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 2" 10.2 AXW / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 2" 12.0 AXW /16" 6 1 /2" /2" 13.2 AXW /2" 6 1 /2" /2" 14.9 AXW / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 2" 16.2 AXW /2" 6 1 /2" /2" 17.9 AXW /8" 6 1 /2" /2" 15.8 AXW /8" 6 1 /2" /2" 18.0 A335* /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 10.2 A / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 11.5 AP32V /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 12.0 AP352V / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 13.6 AP42V / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 16.0 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 8.0 A /2" 6 1 /2" /16" 12.0 A /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 12.0 A /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 18.0 PA3050** / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 6.0 PA3060** /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 6.0 PA3550** /16" 6 1 /2" /16" 6.8 PA3560** / 16" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 6.8 PA4060** / 8" 6 1 / 2" / 16" 8.0 AXW /3" 6 1 /2" /2" 18.0 "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2". * Clear opening area of 5.8 sq. ft. and clear opening height of 26 1 / 2" can be obtained by detaching operator from sash. ** Dimensions and calculations are for bottom venting sash. Transom Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR CTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR

16 Custom Window Size Range Minimum and maximum widths and heights. CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM WIDTHS (w) CUSTOM WIDTHS (w) Casement Stationary/Venting (w) 1'-5" to 2' " X (h) 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " Casement/Awning Transom (CTR) (w) 1'-5" to 7'-0 5 8" X (h) 1'-0" Awning Stationary (w) 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " X (h) 1'-5" to 2' " Awning Venting (w) 2'-0 1 8" to 4'-0" X (h) 1'-5" to 4'-0" (w) 4'-0 1 8" to 5' " X (h) 1'-5" to 2' " Custom-size awning windows wider than 4' " and taller than 2'-7 1 2" must be stationary only. Available in 1 8" increments. Windows can also be custom sized to match standard sizes ending in a sixteenth of an inch. Custom sizing is available for single windows only. To achieve a custom-size double or triple combination, join custom-size single windows together. Custom Measurement Guide & Worksheet Go to andersenwindows.com/400seriescasement. Guide and worksheet are listed under the "Installation and Warranty" tab. 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM WIDTHS (h) Casement/Awning Picture Window (w) 3'-0" to 4' " X (h) 3'-0" to 5' " (w) 5'-0" to 5' " X (h) 3'-0" to 4' " Picture Transom (PTR) (w) 3'-0" to 5' " X (h) 1'-0" Clear Opening Calculator Go to andersenwindows.com/400seriescasement. Calculator is found by selecting "Egress & Opening Specifications" under the "Sizes and Shapes" tab. Custom Casement Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening Width = window width Window width 24 1 /8" with straight arm operator =(window width 9.665) X 1.07 Window width 28 3 /8" with straight arm operator and control bracket = window width Window width 17" with split arm operator Height = window height Window height /16" and < 48", width 28 3 /8" and < 31 1 /2" = window height All other window heights Unobstr. Glass Width = window width Height = window height Vent Opening Width = window width Window width 24 1 /8" with straight arm operator = window width Window width 17" with split arm operator Height = window height Window height /16" and < 48", width 28 3 /8" and < 31 1 /2" = window height All other window heights Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" Custom Awning Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening Vent Opening Width = window width Height = 6.38 Window height 17" and 20 1 /2" = 6.44 Window height 20 1 /2" and 24 1 /8" = 6.50 All other window heights Width = window width Height = 6.38 Window height 17" and 20 1 /2" = 6.44 Window height 20 1 /2" and 24 1 /8" = 6.50 All other window heights Unobstr. Glass Width = window width 4.35 Height = window height Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" Custom Picture and Transom Window Specifications Unobstr. Glass Width = window width 4.8 Height = window height 4.8 Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" 49

17 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Divided Light Patterns Casement Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Victorian Diamond* Prairie A Colonial Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) Awning Picture Transom *Available only in Simulated Divided Light (SDL) configuration and only in 3 /4" and 7 /8" widths. Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples Interior Trim Options Extension jamb and drywall return bead applications shown. See page 37 for more information. head Extension (available for a variety of wall thicknesses) head Thick Replacement Extension Useful when alignment with existing trim and paint lines is desired. sill sill Andersen Wide Drywall Return Bead (optional) Andersen Narrow Drywall Return Bead (optional) Not recommended for picture and transom windows. head head sill sill Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 50

18 Casement Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Minimum Rough Opening Width " (33) " (116) Width 2 7 8" (73) 400 Series Casement & Awning Windows " (116) Width " (33) 2 7 8" (73) 1 4" (6) 1 1 8" (29) Sash Projection " (362) " (451) " (543) " (651) " (730) " (843) 15 16" (24) Unit Dimension Width Clear Opg. Width For all sizes except CW sizes with split arm operator. Clear Opg. Width For CW sizes with split arm operator. 2" (51) Mullion Horizontal Section 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height 2 3 8" (60) Clear Opening Height 2 5 8" (67) Head Sill Vertical Section Extension 1 1 8" (29) " (30) Low-E4 Insulating Glass Insect Screen " (37) 1 1 8" (29) Sill Stop to Subfloor Dimension Awning Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (116) Width " (33) 2 7 8" (73) Extension 1 1 8" (29) 15 16" (17) " (116) Width " (33) 2 7 8" (73) 1 1 8" (29) " (30) Clear Opg. Width " (59) 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Width Extension Insect Screen Low-E4 Insulating Glass Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Insect Screen Low-E4 Insulating Glass Clear Opening 1 1 8" (29) 1 1 8" (29) Sill Stop to Subfloor Dimension Horizontal Section Sash Projection 8 3 8" (213) Sill Vertical Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 51

19 CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Picture and Transom Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) 1 1 8" (29) " (30) Extension " (33) " (116) Width 2 7 8" (73) " (116) Width 2 7 8" (73) " (33) 2 3 8" (60) Unobstructed Glass Width 2 3 8" (60) 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Width Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height 2 3 8" (60) Unobstr. Glass 2 3 8" (60) Head 1 1 8" (29) " (30) Extension Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section Horizontal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Unit Dim. 1 8" (3) 2 3 8" (60) Unit Dim. Sill Head 1 8" (3) Unit Dim. Height Unit Dim. Height Sill Head 2 5 8" (67) Andersen Filler and Vinyl Trim (optional) Unit Dim. Unit Dim. 2" (51) Vertical Support (by others) Vertical Section Casement over Awning Vertical Section Picture over Casement Horizontal Section Casement and Casement Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Width Sum of individual window widths plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall window dimension width plus 1 2" " (60) Unit Dim. Unit Dim. 1 8" (3) Horizontal Section Casement to Casement For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page / 16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 52

20 400 Series Replacement Casement & Awning Windows SECTION REFERENCE Size Ranges Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Art Glass Options Performance Data

21 REPLACEMENT CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Features FRAME A A seamless one-piece, pre-formed rigid vinyl frame cover is secured to the exterior of the frame to maintain an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. B Pre-drilled, through-the-jamb installation holes allow for quick and easy installation. C Wood frame members are treated with a water-repellent wood preservative for long-lasting* protection and performance. D Interior stops are unfinished pine. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. Exterior C B D SASH E Rigid vinyl (PVC) encases the entire sash a vinyl weld protects each sash corner for superior weathertightness to maintain an attractive appearance and minimize maintenance. Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. G H F E A Interior F Wood core members provide excellent structural stability and energy efficiency. G Flexible bulb weatherstripping or PVC closed-cell foam weatherstripping is factory-installed on the perimeter of the sash. GLASS H High-performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) HARDWARE Smooth Control Hardware System The Smooth Control hardware system employs a worm gear drive for easy operation. The split-arm operator moves the sash away from the frame to provide for easier glass cleaning. (Hardware option and finish must be specified.) CXW15, CXW155, CXW16 and CXW25 units are not available with split-arm hardware. Handle and cover sold separately. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Single-Actuation Casement Lock A single-actuation lock releases the casement sash easily while the reach-out action eliminates binding when closing. The lock handle is offered in finishes that coordinate with your specified hardware option. Awning Sash Locks Awning sash locks provide an added measure of security and weathertightness. Hardware style and finish options are compatible with Andersen casement windows to ensure consistency in appearance when used in combination designs. Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine Hardware Sold Separately. Estate Hardware Folding Hardware NEW FINISHES Folding handles avoid interference with window treatments. Classic Series Hardware Made of solid brass. Available with bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze finishes. Contemporary Available in bright brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish. Traditional Available in bright brass, antique brass, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed bronze, white, stone, gold dust or black finish. Available in white or stone finish. Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone gold dust black 54 Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples.

22 Accessories Sold Separately. PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. FRAME GLASS PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG) UPGRADE Performance upgrades are available for select casement and awning sizes, allowing these units to achieve the following performance: Casement - PG 70 Awning - PG 60 Performance Grade (PG) Ratings replace Design Pressure (DP) Ratings for measuring product performance. See page 269. Contact your Andersen supplier for availability. Installation Kit An installation kit, which includes installation screws, straight shims and backer rod, is included with each replacement casement window. Measurement guide and worksheet at andersenwindows.com/ 400seriescasement Extension s Standard jamb depth is 2 7 /8". Extension jambs are available in unfinished pine or prefinished white. Some sizes may be veneered. Factory-Applied Extension s Available in 4 9 /16" and 6 9 /16" sizes. Extension jambs can be factory-applied to either three sides (stool and apron application) or four sides (picture frame casing). Non-Applied Extension s Non-applied extension jambs are available for the following wall depths: 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Thick Replacement Extension Options To help preserve original alignment of trim and paint lines, special 1 1 /8" thick replacement extention jamb options are available. Factory-applied options available in 4 9 /16" and 6 9 /16" sizes. Also available in 12' lineals for non-applied applications in the following widths: 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /4" HARDWARE Corrosion-Resistant Components Corrosion-resistant hinge and operator arm hardware kit made with high-quality stainless steel. For harsh and corrosive environment applications such as heavy industrial or coastal areas.* SPECIAL USE OPERATORS Easy-Grip Handle Larger knob makes it easier to grip and operate. Available in white or stone finish. Metal T-Handle Our smallest operator handle, the Metal T-handle, may make it more difficult for young children (5 and under) to open the window. For more information on child safety, write: Andersen Corporation LookOut for Kids Program 100 Fourth Avenue North Bayport, MN Call or us at: lofk@andersencorp.com Operator Spline Cover An operator spline cover is an attractive cap that covers the roto operator stud when the handle has been removed to control access or operation of the window. Operator spline cover should not be used on any window designated or intended for emergency escape or rescue. Please consult your local building code official for local egress code requirements. Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation and is used with permission. INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide over 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. For casement and awning windows, they are available with stone- or white-colored frames or with pine screen frame interiors to blend with the wood interior of the window. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens have charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. Available with frames in white or stone. 400 Series Replacement Casement & Awning Windows Available in Classic Series design only. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Narrow Drywall Return Bead A narrow drywall return bead is available for units ordered with prefinished white interiors. Can be ordered factory-applied or in non-applied lineals. Compact Operator Handle Specially designed for use in situations where blinds or other window treatments interfere with standard operator handle. Available in white or stone finish. Awning Electric Operator The electric operator opens and closes the window automatically. Commonly used in clerestory or hard-to-reach installations. When ordered with the unit, correct hardware is factory installed for easy application of the operator. Kits are also available for field application of electric operator. Field application kits contain the following: modified operator, sill stop, wood filler piece, sash bracket, screws and installation guidelines. 55

23 REPLACEMENT CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOWS Replacement Window Size Range Minimum and maximum widths and heights. Available in 1 8" increments. CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM WIDTHS (w) Casement Stationary/Venting (w) 1'-5" to 2' " X (h) 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " Casement/Awning Transom (CTR) (w) 1'-5" to 7'-0 5 8" X (h) 1'-0" Replacement windows can also be custom sized to match standard sizes ending in a sixteenth of an inch. Available for single windows only. To achieve double or triple combinations, join single replacement windows together. CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM WIDTHS (w) Awning Stationary (w) 2'-0 1 8" to 5' " X (h) 1'-5" to 2' " Awning Venting (w) 2'-0 1 8" to 4'-0" X (h) 1'-5" to 4'-0" (w) 4'-0 1 8" to 5' " X (h) 1'-5" to 2' " Custom-size awning windows wider than 4' " and taller than 2'-7 1 2" must be stationary only. Thick replacement extension jambs are available to preserve original alignment of trim and paint lines. See page 50. Custom Measurement Guide & Worksheet Go to andersenwindows.com/400seriescasement. Guide and worksheet are listed under the "Installation CUSTOM HEIGHTS (h) CUSTOM WIDTHS (h) Casement/Awning Picture Window (w) 3'-0" to 4' " X (h) 3'-0" to 5' " (w) 5'-0" to 5' " X (h) 3'-0" to 4' " Picture Transom (PTR) (w) 3'-0" to 5' " X (h) 1'-0" and Warranty" tab. Clear Opening Calculator Go to andersenwindows.com/400seriescasement. Calculator is found by selecting "Egress & Opening Specifications" under the "Sizes and Shapes" tab. Replacement Casement Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening Width = window width Window width 24 1 /8" with straight arm operator =(window width 9.665) X 1.07 Window width 28 3 /8" with straight arm operator and control bracket = window width Window width 17" with split arm operator Height = window height Window height /16" and < 48", width 28 3 /8" and < 31 1 /2" = window height All other window heights Unobstr. Glass Width = window width Height = window height Vent Opening Width = window width Window width 24 1 /8" with straight arm operator = window width Window width 17" with split arm operator Height = window height Window height /16" and < 48", width 28 3 /8" and < 31 1 /2" = window height All other window heights Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" Replacement Awning Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening Vent Opening Width = window width Height = 6.38 Window height 17" and 20 1 /2" = 6.44 Window height 20 1 /2" and 24 1 /8" = 6.50 All other window heights Width = window width Height = 6.38 Window height 17" and 20 1 /2" = 6.44 Window height 20 1 /2" and 24 1 /8" = 6.50 All other window heights Unobstr. Glass Width = window width 4.35 Height = window height Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" Replacement Picture and Transom Window Specifications Unobstr. Glass Width = window width 4.8 Height = window height 4.8 Minimum R.O. Width = window width + 1 /2" Height = window height + 1 /2" 56

24 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Bay & Bow Windows Combination Designs Performance Data

25 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Features L G A FRAME A Perma-Shield exterior cladding protects the frame beautifully. Best of all, it s low-maintenance C and long-lived. D You never have to paint it. * B For exceptionally long-lasting * performance, sill members are constructed with a wood core and a Fibrex composite material exterior. C Natural wood stops are available in pine, oak, maple or painted white. Wood jamb liners add beauty and authenticity to the window interior. K B I J E D Multiple weatherstripping systems help provide a barrier against wind, rain and dust. The combination of spring tension vinyl, rigid vinyl and flexible bulb weatherstripping is efficient and effective. E For units with White exterior color, exterior jamb liner is white. For all other units the exterior jamb liner is gray. Woodwright windows can be ordered with a Forest Green sash and White frame exterior. SASH F Slide wash assists make it easy to tilt the sash into wash mode. G Balancers in the sash enable contractors to screw through the jamb during installation without interfering with the window s function. H Wood Liner H Natural wood sash interior with classic chamfer detailing. Available in pine, oak, maple or painted white. I Low-maintenance sash exterior provides long-lasting * protection and performance. Sash exteriors on most units include patented Fibrex material. J Sash joints simulate the look of traditional mortise-and-tenon construction inside and out. J F GLASS K Silicone bed glazing provides superior weathertightness and durability. L High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Exterior Hardware Sold separately except where noted. Lock & Keeper White Sandtone The cam-operated lock & keeper is designed for easy operation and long life* and comes standard with double-hung windows. Stone finish is standard with wood interior units. White finish comes with prefinished white interiors. Available in white or stone finish. Estate Optional Estate lock & keeper. Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, oil rubbed bronze, satin nickel, distressed bronze and distressed nickel. Estate lock & keeper reduces the clear opening height by 7 /32". Check with local building code officials to determine compliance with egress requirements. Terratone Forest Green Double-Hung Lifts Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. Interior CLASSIC SERIES Sash Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Classic Series lifts are available in white or stone finish. white pine ESTATE Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Estate lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze. oak maple Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. TRADITIONAL Bar Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Traditional lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white and stone. Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. 58 bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone

26 Accessories Sold Separately. PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG) UPGRADE FRAME NEW Available to provide additional structural support for most Woodwright window sizes, the performance upgrade allows windows to achieve PG 50 performance. Performance Grade Ratings replace Design Pressure Ratings for measuring product performance. See page 269. Use of this option will subtract 5 /8" from clear opening height. SHAPES Woodwright windows are available in the following shapes. Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 1 /2". depth can be 4 1 /8" if installation flange is reversed. Extension jambs are available in unfinished pine, oak, maple or prefinished white. Some sizes may be veneered. Factory-Applied Extension s Available in 1 /16" increments between 5 1 /4" to 7 1 /8". Extension jambs can be factory-applied to either three sides (stool and apron application) or four sides (picture frame casing). Non-Applied Extension s Non-applied extension jambs are available for the following wall depths: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Opening Control Device Kit A Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits raising the sash to less than 4 inches when the window is first opened. Available in Stone and White. Device shown on a 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung. INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows Rectangular Double-Hung Archtop Double-Hung Pine Stool A pine stool is available and ready for finishing. The Woodwright stool is available in 4 9 /16" for use in wall depths up to 5 1 /4" and 6 9 /16" for use in wall depths up to 7 1 /8". Works with 2 1 /4" and 2 1 /2" wide casings. TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens come with charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. Springline Single-Hung Unequal Leg Arch Double-Hung For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Insect Screen Frames Choose full insect screen or half insect screen (shown above). Half insect screen configurations allow ventilation without affecting the view through the upper sash. Available in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors to match product exteriors. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 59

27 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Woodwright Double-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Notes on the next page also Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" apply to this page. Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" " " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1'-4 1 2" to 3'-9 5 8" 2' " " 3'-0 1 8" " 3'-2 1 8" " 3'-6 1 8" " 3' " " Cottage or reverse cottage available for all widths and all heights based on a 60/40 proportion. Custom Widths 1'-4 1 /2" to 3'-9 5/8" Custom Heights 3'- 7 /8" to 6'-4 7/8" 3'-0 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-8 7 8" WDH18210 WDH20210 WDH24210 WDH1832 WDH2032 WDH2432 WDH26210 WDH2632 WDH28210 WDH2832 WDH WDH21032 WDH30210 WDH34210 WDH38210 WDH3032 WDH3432 WDH3832 WDH1836 WDH2036 WDH2436 WDH2636 WDH2836 WDH21036 WDH3036 WDH3436 WDH3836 WDH18310 WDH20310 WDH24310 WDH26310 WDH28310 WDH WDH30310 WDH34310 WDH38310 WDH1842 WDH2042 WDH2442 WDH2642 WDH2842 WDH21042 WDH3042 WDH3442 WDH3842 WDH1846 WDH2046 WDH2446 WDH2646 WDH2846 WDH21046 WDH3046 WDH3446 WDH3846 WDH18410 WDH20410 WDH24410 WDH26410 WDH28410 WDH WDH30410 WDH34410 WDH38410 WDH1852 WDH2052 WDH2452 WDH2652 WDH2852 WDH21052 WDH3052 WDH3452 WDH3852 WDH1856 WDH2056 WDH2456 WDH2656 WDH2856 WDH21056 WDH3056 WDH3456 WDH3856 WDH18510 WDH20510 WDH24510 WDH26510 WDH28510 WDH WDH30510 WDH34510 WDH '-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" " 4'-4 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" " 3'-8 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-0 7 8" " " " 4'-0 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 2'-8" to 6'-4 7 8" Cottage Reverse Cottage WDH1862 WDH2062 WDH2462 WDH2662 WDH2862 WDH21062 WDH3062 WDH3462 WDH

28 Table of Woodwright Springline Single-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) " " " " " " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 2'-1 5 8" to 3'-9 5 8" " " " " " " " Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) 5' " 5'-0 3 8" 4'-9" 4'-1" 3'-10" 3'-7" 3'-4" Shoulder Height CUSTOM HEIGHTS 4' " to 6'-4 1 2" " " " 4' " 4' " 4' " 4' " " Radius and Chord Height WS2042 WS2046 4' " " WS2442 WS2446 4' " 5' " 5' " WS20410 WS ' " 5' " 5' " WS2052 WS2452 WS2056 WS2456 WS20510 WS ' " 5' " 5' " 6' " 6' " 6' " 6' " 6'-4 1 2" 6'-6 1 2" 6'-7 1 2" " WS2642 WS2646 WS26410 WS2652 WS2656 WS " 4' " 4' " 5' " 5' " 6' " 6' " 6'-8 1 2" " WS2842 WS2846 WS28410 WS2852 WS2856 WS '-9 1 2" 6' " 6' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 4' " " " WS21042 WS21046 WS WS21052 WS21056 WS3056 WS3456 WS3856 WS " 4' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 6' " 6' " 6' " " WS3042 WS3046 WS30410 WS3052 WS " 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 6' " 6' " 7'-0 1 2" " WS3442 WS3446 WS34410 WS3452 WS " 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 6' " 6' " 7'-2 1 2" " WS3842 WS3846 WS38410 WS3852 WS38510 Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Divided light patterns shown on page 72. Springline windows only: Rough opening height is the same as the window dimension height. Upper sash does not operate and lower sash travel is limited by the radius of the upper sash. Contact your Andersen supplier for cottage and reverse cottage sash availability. Side-by-side joining is not recommended. 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows WS2062 WS2462 WS2662 WS2862 WS21062 WS3062 WS3462 WS3862 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". See tables on pages

29 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Woodwright Archtop Double-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 3'-0 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-8 7 8" Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) 3'-8 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-0 7 8" " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 3'-0 7 8" to 6'-4 7 8" " WA18210 WA1832 WA2032 WA2432 WA2632 WA " " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1'-9 5 8" to 3'-9 5 8" Radius " " " " " " " " " Chord Height Shoulder Height 3' " 2' " 3' " " " 4" 4 1 4" 4 1 2" " " " 6 1 8" 3' " 3' " 3'-0 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-0 5 8" 3'-4 5 8" 3'-4 3 8" WA2036 WA2436 WA2636 WA " " " Notes on the next page also apply to this page " Side-by-side joining of arch windows is not recommended. WA18310 WA20310 WA24310 WA26310 WA28310 WA WA30310 WA34310 WA1842 WA2042 WA2442 WA2642 WA2842 WA21042 WA3042 WA3442 WA3842 WA1846 WA2046 WA2446 WA2646 WA2846 WA21046 WA3046 WA3446 WA3846 WA18410 WA20410 WA24410 WA26410 WA28410 WA WA30410 WA34410 WA38410 WA1852 WA2052 WA2452 WA2652 WA2852 WA21052 WA3052 WA3452 WA3852 WA1856 WA2056 WA2456 WA2656 WA2856 WA21056 WA3056 WA3456 WA3856 WA18510 WA20510 WA24510 WA26510 WA28510 WA WA30510 WA34510 WA '-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " 6' " 6' " 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 5 8" 6'-0 3 8" 6' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 5' " 5' " 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 5 8" 5'-8 3 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 5'-6 3 4" 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5' " 5' " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 5 8" 5'-4 3 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 5'-2 3 4" 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " 5' " 5' " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 5 8" 5'-0 3 8" 5' " 4' " 4' " 4' " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " 4' " 4' " 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 5 8" 4'-8 3 8" 4' " 4' " 4' " 4'-6 3 4" 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" " 4' " 4' " 4'-4 7 8" 4'-4 5 8" 4'-4 3 8" 4' " 4' " 4' " 4'-2 3 4" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" " 4' " 4' " 4'-0 7 8" 4'-0 5 8" 4'-0 3 8" 4'-0 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" " 4' " 3' " 3' " 3' " 3' " 3' " 3'-8 7 8" 3'-8 5 8" 3'-8 3 8" 3' " 3' " 3' " 62 WA1862 WA2062 WA2462 WA2662 WA2862 WA21062 WA3062 WA3462 WA3862

30 Table of Woodwright Unequal Leg Arch Double-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 3'-8 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) 3'-8 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" " " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 3'-8 7 8" to 6'-4 7 8" " WU1836 WU18310 WU " WU20310 WU " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1'-9 5 8" to 3'-9 5 8" Radius " " " " " 96" 96" 96" 96" Chord " 7 7 8" " " " " " 9 1 2" " Height Shoulder Height 3' " 3' " 3' " 4' " 3'-0" 3'-4" 3'-8" 3' " Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Lower sash travel is limited by the radius of the upper sash. Contact your Andersen supplier for cottage and reverse cottage sash availability. 3' " 4' " " WU " 1 2 Choose type 1 or 2 as viewed from the exterior. 3' " 4' " WU " " Unequal leg and archtop combination. Joining long legs creates a smooth arc. Joining short legs is not recommended. WU1846 WU2046 WU2446 WU21046 WU3046 WU18410 WU20410 WU24410 WU26410 WU WU30410 WU34410 WU1852 WU2052 WU2452 WU2652 WU2852 WU21052 WU3052 WU3452 WU3852 WU1856 WU2056 WU2456 WU2656 WU2856 WU21056 WU3056 WU3456 WU3856 WU18510 WU20510 WU24510 WU26510 WU28510 WU WU30510 WU34510 WU '-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " 5' " 5'-9" 5' " 5'-4 1 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 5'-7 3 8" 5' " 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 5' " 5'-5" 5' " 5'-0 1 8" 4' " 5' " 5' " 5'-3 3 8" 5' " 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5' " 5'-1" 4' " 4'-8 1 8" 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " 4' " 5' " 5' " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " 4' " 4' " 4' " 4'-9" 4' " 4'-4 1 8" 4' " 4' " 4' " 4' " 4'-5" 4' " 4'-0 1 8" 4' " 4'-7 3 8" 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows 4' " 4' " 4'-3 3 8" WU1862 WU2062 WU2462 WU2662 WU2862 WU21062 WU3062 WU3462 WU3862 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". See tables on pages

31 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Woodwright Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" 3' " Minimum Rough Opening 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 3' " Unobstructed Glass " " " " " " " " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1' to 6' " WTR1810 WTR2010 WTR2410 WTR2610 WTR2810 WTR21010 WTR3010 WTR1815 WTR2015 WTR2415 WTR2615 WTR2815 WTR21015 WTR3015 WTR1817 WTR2017 WTR2417 WTR2617 WTR2817 WTR21017 WTR3017 WTR18111 WTR20111 WTR24111 WTR26111 WTR28111 WTR WTR30111 WTR3410 WTR3415 WTR3417 WTR34111 WTR3810 WTR3815 WTR3817 WTR38111 WTR31010 WTR31015 WTR31017 WTR ' " 2'-3 7 8" " WTR1821 WTR2021 WTR2421 WTR2621 WTR2821 WTR21021 WTR3021 WTR3421 WTR3821 WTR ' " 2'-5 7 8" " WTR1823 WTR2023 WTR2423 WTR2623 WTR2823 WTR21023 WTR3023 WTR3423 WTR3823 WTR ' " 2'-9 7 8" " WTR1827 WTR2027 WTR2427 WTR2627 WTR2827 WTR21027 WTR3027 WTR3427 WTR3827 WTR ' " 3'-3 7 8" " 2' " 1' " 1' " 1'-0 " 2'-1 7 8" 1'-9 7 8" 1'-7 7 8" 1'-0 1 2" " " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 1' to 3' " WTR1831 WTR2031 WTR2431 WTR2631 WTR2831 WTR21031 WTR3031 WTR3431 WTR3831 WTR31031 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Woodwright Transom Glass/Window Woodwright Transom Glass/Window Woodwright Transom Glass/Window Window Number 64 Glass Overall Window WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR Window Number Glass Overall Window WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR Window Number Glass Overall Window WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR continued on next page

32 4' " 4' " 5' " 6' " 4'-3 7 8" 4' " 5'-7 7 8" 6'-3 7 8" " " " " WTR4210 WTR41010 WTR5610 WTR6210 Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. WTR4215 WTR41015 WTR5615 WTR6215 WTR4217 WTR41017 WTR5617 WTR6217 WTR42111 WTR WTR56111 WTR62111 WTR4221 WTR41021 WTR5621 WTR6221 Divided light patterns shown on page Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows WTR4223 WTR41023 WTR5623 WTR6223 WTR4227 WTR41027 WTR5627 WTR6227 WTR4231 WTR41031 WTR5631 WTR6231 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Woodwright Transom Glass/Window (continued) Woodwright Transom Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR Window Number Glass Overall Window WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR WTR

33 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Woodwright Picture Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-0" 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3' " 4' " 4' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 1'-0 1 2" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 4'-3 7 8" 4' " 5'-7 7 8" Unobstructed Glass 6" " " " " " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 1' to 5' " 4'-0 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" WPW10310 WPW30310 WPW1042 WPW3042 WPW34310 WPW3442 WPW WPW42310 WPW31042 WPW4242 WPW WPW41042 WPW56310 WPW5642 WPW1046 WPW3046 WPW3446 WPW31046 WPW4246 WPW41046 WPW5646 WPW10410 WPW30410 WPW34410 WPW WPW42410 WPW WPW56410 WPW1052 WPW3052 WPW3452 WPW31052 WPW4252 WPW41052 WPW5652 WPW1056 WPW3056 WPW3456 WPW31056 WPW4256 WPW41056 WPW5656 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " WPW10510 WPW30510 WPW34510 WPW WPW42510 WPW WPW '-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" " " " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 1'-2 1 2" to 6'-4 7 8" Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Divided light patterns shown on page 72. WPW1062 WPW3062 WPW3462 WPW31062 WPW4262 WPW41062 WPW5662 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page

34 Woodwright Double-Hung Window Opening Specifications Window Number Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window WDH /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 5.53 WDH / 8" 16 1 / 4" / 2" 6.14 WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" 6.74 WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" 7.34 WDH /8" 22 1 /4" /2" 7.94 WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" 8.54 WDH / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" 9.14 WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" 9.74 WDH /8" 30 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 32 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 6.56 WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 7.27 WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" 7.98 WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" 8.69 WDH /8" 22 1 /4" /2" 9.41 WDH / 8" 24 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 26 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 30 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 32 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 7.58 WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 8.40 WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" 9.23 WDH / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 22 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 26 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 30 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 32 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 14 1 / 4" / 2" 8.09 WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 8.97 WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" 9.85 WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 32 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 14 1 / 4" / 2" 8.61 WDH / 8" 16 1 / 4" / 2" 9.54 WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 24 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 30 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 32 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 14 1 / 4" / 2" 9.12 WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 26 1 /4" /2" continued on next page For cottage and reverse cottage opening specifications visit andersenwindows.com. Select the "For Professionals" tab on the 400 Series Woodwright double-hung windows product page. "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 / 2". Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24" Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows

35 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Woodwright Double-Hung Window Opening Specifications (continued) Window Number Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 9.63 WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 18 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 22 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 26 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 32 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 14 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 18 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" WDH / 8" 24 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 26 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 30 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 32 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 14 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 16 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 24 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 28 1 /4" /2" WDH / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" WDH /8" 32 1 /4" /2" WDH /8" 34 1 /4" /2" For cottage and reverse cottage opening specifications visit andersenwindows.com. Select the "For Professionals" tab on the 400 Series Woodwright double-hung windows product page. Woodwright Springline Single-Hung Window Opening Specifications Window Number WS / 8" 9 2 / 16" / 16" 8.90 WS / 8" 10 2 / 16" / 16" 9.44 WS / 8" 11 2 / 16" / 16" 9.97 WS / 8" 12 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 18 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 19 1 / 2" / 16" WS / 8" / 16" / 8" WS / 8" 9 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 10 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 11 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 12 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 18 2 / 16" / 16" WS / 8" 19 1 / 2" / 16" WS / 8" / 16" / 8" WS / 8" 9 1 / 8" / 16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" continued on next page 68 Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2". Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24".

36 Woodwright Springline Single-Hung Window Opening Specifications (continued) Woodwright Picture Glass/Window Window Number Woodwright Archtop Double-Hung Window Opening Specifications Window Number Clear Opening Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Height Glass Glass Vent Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" WS /8" 9 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" WS /8" 9 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" WS /8" 9 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" WS /8" 9 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" WS /8" 9 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 10 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 11 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 12 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 18 1 /8" /16" WS /8" 19 1 /2" /16" WS /8" /16" /8" Overall Window WA / 8" 10 3 / 16" / 2" 5.39 WA / 8" 12 3 / 16" / 2" 5.99 WA / 8" 14 3 / 16" / 2" 6.59 WA /8" 16 3 /16" /2" 7.20 WA / 8" 18 3 / 16" / 2" 7.80 WA / 8" 20 3 / 16" / 2" 8.40 WA / 8" 22 3 / 16" / 2" 9.00 WA / 8" 24 3 / 16" / 2" 9.60 WA / 8" 26 3 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 28 3 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 30 3 /16" /2" WA /8" 11 5 /8" /2" 7.07 WA /8" 13 5 /8" /2" 7.78 WA / 8" 15 5 / 8" / 2" 8.50 WA / 8" 17 5 / 8" / 2" 9.21 WA /8" 19 5 /8" /2" 9.92 WA /8" 21 5 /8" /2" WA /8" 23 5 /8" /2" WA / 8" 25 5 / 8" / 2" continued on next page Window Number Glass Overall Window WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW WPW "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2". Meet or exceed a clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24" Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows

37 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Woodwright Archtop Double-Hung Window Opening Specifications (continued) Window Number 70 Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window WA /8" 27 5 /8" /2" WA / 8" 29 5 / 8" / 2" WA /8" 11 1 /8" /2" 8.14 WA /8" 13 1 /8" /2" 8.96 WA /8" 15 1 /8" /2" 9.79 WA /8" 17 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 19 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 21 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 23 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 25 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 27 1 /8" /2" WA /8" 29 1 /8" /2" WA / 8" / 16" / 2" 8.67 WA /8" /16" /2" 9.55 WA /8" /16" /2" WA / 8" / 16" / 2" WA /8" /16" /2" WA /8" /16" /2" WA /8" /16" /2" WA / 8" / 16" / 2" WA / 8" / 16" / 2" WA /8" /16" /2" WA /8" 12 9 /16" /2" WA /8" 14 9 /16" /2" WA / 8" 16 9 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 18 9 /16" /2" WA /8" 20 9 /16" /2" WA /8" 22 9 /16" /2" WA / 8" 24 9 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 26 9 /16" /2" WA / 8" 28 9 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 14 5 /16" /2" WA / 8" 16 5 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 18 5 /16" /2" WA / 8" 20 5 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 22 5 /16" /2" WA /8" 24 5 /16" /2" WA /8" 26 5 /16" /2" WA / 8" 28 5 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 14 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 16 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 18 1 / 16" / 2" WA /8" 20 1 /16" /2" WA / 8" 22 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 24 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 26 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 28 1 / 16" / 2" WA / 8" 13 1 / 2" / 2" WA / 8" 15 1 / 2" / 2" WA / 8" 17 1 / 2" / 2" WA /8" 19 1 /2" /2" WA /8" 21 1 /2" /2" WA / 8" 23 1 / 2" / 2" WA /8" 25 1 /2" /2" WA / 8" 27 1 / 2" / 2" WA / 8" 15" / 2" WA / 8" 17" / 2" WA /8" 19" /2" WA /8" 21" /2" WA /8" 23" /2" WA /8" 25" /2" WA / 8" 27" / 2" "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2". Meet or exceed a clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24".

38 Woodwright Unequal Leg Arch Double-Hung Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening in Full Open Position Top of Subfloor Window Number Clear Opening Width Height Glass Vent to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window WU /8" 11 5 /8" /2" 6.47 WU /8" 13 5 /8" /2" 7.07 WU /8" 15 5 /8" /2" 7.67 WU /8" 17 5 /8" /2" 8.27 WU /8" 19 5 /8" /2" 8.87 WU /8" 21 5 /8" /2" 9.47 WU /8" 23 5 /8" /2" WU /8" 25 5 /8" /2" WU /8" 27 5 /8" /2" WU /8" 11 1 /4" /2" 8.24 WU /8" 13 1 /4" /2" 8.96 WU /8" 15 1 /4" /2" 9.67 WU /8" 17 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 19 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 21 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 23 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 25 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 12 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 14 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 16 1 /4" /2" WU2456E /8" 18 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 20 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 22 1 /4" /2" WU /8" 12 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 14 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 16 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 18 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 20 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 12 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 14 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 16 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 18 1 /2" /2" WU /8" 14 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 16 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 18 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 20 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 22 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 24 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 26 1 /8" /2" WU /8" 13 5 /16" /2" WU / 8" 15 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 17 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 19 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 21 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 23 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 25 5 / 16" / 2" WU / 8" 15 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 17 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 19 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 21 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 23 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 15 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 17 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 19 1 / 2" / 2" WU / 8" 21 1 / 2" / 2" "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 / 2". Meet or exceed a clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows 71

39 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Divided Light Patterns Prairie A 6-Light Prairie Colonial Renaissance Prairie A 6-Light Colonial Renaissance Prairie Woodwright Double-Hung Woodwright Unequal Leg Arch Double-Hung Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Woodwright Archtop Double-Hung Woodwright Springline Single-Hung Woodwright Picture Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Victorian Prairie A Colonial Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) Double-hung and single-hung window patterns are also available in Upper Sash Only (USO) configurations. Woodwright Transom For picture window patterns that require alignment with double-hung patterns, identify the double-hung Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. Custom Pattern Examples Specified Equal Light Examples sash style (equal, cottage, reverse cottage) when ordering. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Woodwright Transom Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) 1 4" (6) Low-E4 Insulating Glass 3" (76) Unobstructed Glass Width 3" (76) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Unobstructed Glass Height Head " (65) Low-E4 Insulating Glass " (65) Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 72

40 Woodwright Double-Hung Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) 2 5 8" (67) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) Lower Sash 1 7 8" Clear Opening Width 1 7 8" (47) Unit Dimension Width (47) 1 4" (6) 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Clear Opg. Height * 3 3 8" (86) Head Check Rail Sill Vertical Section 2 1 4" (57) 1 3 4" (44) 1 2" (13) 2 3 8" (60) 1 2" (13) Sill Stop to Subfloor Dimension. 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows Woodwright Picture Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) 1 4" (6) Low-E4 Insulating Glass 3" (76) Unobstructed Glass Width 3" (76) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Unobstr. Glass Height Head " (65) Low-E4 Insulating Glass Pine Stool 1 5 8" (41) 5 8" (16) 2 3 8" (60) 1 2" (13) Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section * Clear opening height dimension is less on archtop, unequal leg arch and Springline windows. 4 9 / 16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 73

41 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Horizontal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 16" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". 1 16" (2) Unit Dim. Height Unit Dim. Height Sill " (65) 1 16" (2) 2 5 8" (67) Separate Rough Opening Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Head Vertical Section Woodwright Transom (WTR) over Woodwright Double-Hung Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Width Sum of individual window widths plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall window dimension width plus 1 2". Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width 1 8" (3) Horizontal Section Woodwright Double-Hung to Woodwright Double-Hung Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width 2" (51) Horizontal Section Woodwright Double-Hung and Woodwright Double-Hung For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 74

42 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Windows SECTION REFERENCE Size Ranges Opening Specifi cations Existing Window Measurements Sill Angle Details Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Performance Data

43 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOWS Features E FRAME A Perma-Shield exterior cladding protects the frame beautifully. Best of all, it s low-maintenance and long-lived. You never have to paint it.* B For C exceptionally long-lasting* performance, sill members are constructed with a wood core and a Fibrex composite material exterior. C Natural wood stops are available in pine, oak, maple or painted white. Wood jamb liners add beauty and authenticity to the window interior. D M L J B K D Weatherstripping system provides a barrier against wind, rain and dust. The combination of spring tension vinyl, rigid vinyl and flexible bulb weatherstripping is efficient and effective. E Exterior stop covers are specially designed to allow easy application of high-quality sealant. F A 3 1 /4" pocket window jamb depth allows convenient replacement without disturbing interior window trim for most double-hung replacement situations. F For units with White exterior color, exterior jamb liner is white. For all other units the exterior jamb liner is gray. I H Wood Liner G SASH G Slide wash assists make it easy to tilt the sash into wash mode. H Balancers in the sash enable contractors to screw through the jamb during installation without interfering with the window s operation. I Natural wood sash interior with classic chamfer detailing. Available in pine, oak, maple or painted white. J Low-maintenance sash exterior provides long-lasting * protection and performance. Sash exteriors on most units include patented Fibrex material. K Sash joints simulate the look of traditional mortise-and-tenon construction inside and out. L Silicone bed glazing provides superior weathertightness and durability. GLASS M High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Exterior Hardware Sold separately except where noted. Lock & Keeper White Sandtone The cam-operated lock & keeper is designed for easy operation and long life* and comes standard with double-hung windows. Stone finish is standard with wood interior units. White finish comes with prefinished white interiors. Available in white or stone finish. Estate Optional Estate lock & keeper. Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, oil rubbed bronze, satin nickel, distressed bronze and distressed nickel. Optional Estate lock & keeper reduces the clear opening height by 7 /32". Check with local building code officials to determine compliance with egress requirements. Terratone Forest Green Double-Hung Lifts Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. Interior CLASSIC SERIES Sash Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Classic Series lifts are available in white or stone finish. white pine ESTATE Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Estate lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze. oak maple Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. TRADITIONAL Bar Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Traditional lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white and stone. Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples. bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone 76

44 Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME INSTALLATION Installation Kit An installation kit, which includes installation screws, straight shims and backer rod, is included with each Woodwright insert window. SILL ANGLES 3 sill angles are available 0, 8 and 14 to closely match the existing sill in window replacement applications. See page 79 for more details. 0 Sill Angle Wood Interior Stop Optional interior stop with matching chamfer is available. INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens come with charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. Coil Stock Andersen aluminum coil stock can be ordered to match any of our 11 trim colors. Made from.019-gauge aluminum, Andersen coil stock is available in 24" x 50' rolls. Color-matched 1 1 /4" stainless steel trim nails are also available and can be ordered in 1 lb. boxes. 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Windows 8 Sill Angle 14 Sill Angle Opening Control Device Kit A Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits raising the sash to less than 4 inches when the window is first opened. Available in Stone and White. Device shown on a 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung. Exterior Stop Cover An exterior stop cover provides a clean transition from new window to the existing window casing. Insect Screen Frames Choose full insect screen or half insect screen. Half insect screen (shown above) allows ventilation without affecting the view through the upper sash. Available in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors to match product exteriors. For more information about glass, patterned glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 77

45 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOWS Woodwright Insert Window Size Ranges Double-Hung - Equal Sash Double-Hung - Cottage & Reverse Cottage Sash " " to CUSTOM WIDTHS " " to CUSTOM WIDTHS Available in 1 8" increments. 78" " 77" to to to " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS Sill Angle 68" " 67" to to to " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS Sill Angle Cottage Reverse Cottage Height limits for double-hung and picture insert windows depend on new insert window Picture Transom sill angle " 78" to CUSTOM WIDTHS " 78" to CUSTOM WIDTHS For picture and transom insert windows, either height or width must be 68" or less 78" " 77" to to to " 12" " CUSTOM HEIGHTS 78" to " CUSTOM HEIGHTS and height plus width cannot be less than 28". Divided light patterns shown Sill Angle on page 80. Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Window Opening Specifications Clear Opening Width = Window Width minus " Clear Opening Height depends on the sash ratio and the specific sill angle of the insert window. Sill Angle Deductions Sash Ratio Clear Opening Height Equal Sash Window Height ( ) 2 minus Sill Angle Deduction " " 3 3 4" Cottage (2:3 ratio) Window Height x 2 ( ) 5 minus Sill Angle Deduction 2 7 8" " 3 1 4" Reverse Cottage (3:2 ratio) Window Height x 2 ( ) minus Sill Angle Deduction " " " Optional Estate hardware will reduce clear opening height and vent opening height by 7 32". Vent Opening Width = Window Width minus " Vent Opening Height depends on the sash ratio and the specific sill angle of the insert window. Sill Angle Deductions Sash Ratio Vent Opening Height Equal Sash Window Height ( ) 2 minus Sill Angle Deduction* 2 3 4" " 3 1 4" Cottage (2:3 ratio) Window Height x 2 ( ) minus Sill Angle Deduction* " 2 1 8" 2 3 8" Reverse Cottage (3:2 ratio) ( Window Height x 2) minus Sill Angle Deduction* " " " * If window is under 48" in height subract 6 1 2". If window is 48" or greater in height subract ". 78 Unobstructed Glass Width = Window Width minus 6" Unobstructed Glass Height depends on the sash ratio and the specific sill angle of the insert window. Sill Angle Deductions Sash Ratio Visible Glass Height Equal Sash (total) Window Height minus Sill Angle Deduction 7 7 8" 8 3 8" 9" Cottage - upper sash (2:3 ratio) Reverse Cottage - lower sash (3:2 ratio) Cottage - lower sash (2:3 ratio) Reverse Cottage - lower sash (3:2 ratio) ( Window Height x 2) 5 ( Window Height x 3) 5 minus Sill Angle Deduction " 3 3 8" 3 5 8" minus Sill Angle Deduction 4 3 4" " "

46 Existing Window Measurement Required measurements: 1. Existing Opening Height 2. Existing Sill Angle 3. Existing Opening Width Existing Double-Hung Window Existing Picture Window Existing Exterior Stop 1. Existing Opening Height Existing Parting Stop (typically removed) Existing Inside Stop Existing Stool Stop Side Casing View of Side Interior Stop Side Casing View of Side Interior 2. Existing Sill Angle Vertical Section Existing Interior Trim Existing Sill Interior View of Head Head Stop Head View of Head Head Stop Head Interior Existing Interior Trim Existing Inside Stop 3. Existing Opening Width Existing Parting Stop (typically removed) Existing Exterior Stop Existing Exterior Trim Horizontal Section Sill Stool View of Sill Stool Interior Tape Measure Stool Sill View of Sill Stool Interior 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Windows Sill Angle Details Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) Select a sill angle that most closely matches your existing sill angle. Windows with a smaller sill angle will have a larger maximum height. Existing Window Sill 0 to 4 Angle Existing Opening Height Existing Window Sill 5 to 10 Angle Existing Opening Height Existing Window Sill 11 to 15 Angle Existing Opening Height 5 8" " Exterior Existing Wall Existing Wall Existing Wall Interior 0 Sill Detail 8 Sill Detail 14 Sill Detail Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 79

47 WOODWRIGHT DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOWS Divided Light Patterns Prairie A 6-Light Prairie Specified Equal Light Prairie A Specified Equal Light Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Woodwright Transom Insert all configurations. Double-hung patterns are also available in Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Woodwright Picture Insert Upper Sash Only (USO) configurations. For picture window patterns that require alignment with double-hung patterns, identify For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. the double-hung sash style (equal, cottage, reverse cottage) when ordering. Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Andersen Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Window 3 1 4" (83) Andersen Exterior Trim Stop Cover (optional) Sill Angle Options: 14, 8, " (83) Head Check Rail Existing Parting Stop Removed Andersen Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Window Clear Opening Height Unit Height Existing Opening Height Clear Opg. Width 14 Unit Width Existing Opening Width Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section Joining Combinations Join insert windows in 1-way horizontal (stack) or vertical Transom Insert Transom Insert Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) (optional) (ribbon) combinations. Do not join insert windows in 2-way combinations. Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Exterior Trim Strip (optional) Horizontal Section Woodwright Double-Hung Insert to Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Double-Hung Insert Double-Hung Insert Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Picture Insert For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 80

48 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Conversion Kits & Combination Units Bay & Bow Windows Combination Designs Performance Data

49 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Features FRAME A Exterior outer frame members are covered with a pre-formed I rigid vinyl PVC cladding, C minimizing G maintenance and providing an attractive appearance. B For exceptionally longlasting * performance, sill members are constructed with a wood core and a Fibrex composite material exterior. Sill ends are protected and sealed with weather-resistant covers. C Wood stops are made of treated pine that can be finished to match the interior décor. On white prefinished interior units the stops are white PVC. Exterior K J D H B F E D A factory-applied rigid vinyl anchoring flange on the head, sill and side of the outer frame helps secure the unit to the structure. E An extruded rigid vinyl jamb liner and fin provide a protective seal against the outer frame members. Exclusive slide wash assists make it easy to tilt the sash into wash mode position. A F For units with White exterior color, exterior jamb liner is white. For all other units the exterior jamb liner is gray. G Weatherstripping throughout the unit provides a long-lasting, * energy-efficient, weather-resistant seal. For the top and bottom rails, an encased foam material is used. The head jamb liner and sill have a rigid vinyl rib that the weatherstripping material compresses against. At the check rail, compressible vinyl bulb material is used. Side jamb liners use leaf type weatherstripping with foam inserts. Unique block and tackle counter balances feature sized-to-theunit, rust-resistant springs that require no adjustment. Glass-reinforced nylon balancer shoes provide smooth, reliable sash operation. To help prevent accidental release when in wash mode, they automatically lock into position with a stainless steel retainer clip. Hardware Sold separately except where noted. SASH H A polyester stabilized coat with a Flexacron finish is electrostatically applied to penetrate all exterior surfaces for maximum protection and a lustrous finish. I Wood sash members are treated with a water-repellent wood preservative for long-lasting * protection and performance. Interior surfaces are unfinished pine. Low-maintenance painted white interiors are also available. GLASS J A glazing bead and silicone provide superior weathertightness and durability. K High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for details. Flexacron is a registered trademark of PPG Industries, Inc. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Lock & Keeper White Sandtone The cam-operated lock & keeper is designed for easy operation and long life* and comes standard with double-hung windows. Stone finish is standard with natural interior units. White finish comes with prefinished white interiors. Available in white or stone finish. Estate Optional Estate lock & keeper. Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, oil rubbed bronze, satin nickel, distressed bronze and distressed nickel finishes. Estate lock & keeper reduces the clear opening height by 7 /32". Check with local building code officials to determine compliance with egress requirements. Terratone Forest Green Double-Hung Lifts Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. CLASSIC SERIES Interior ESTATE Sash Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Estate lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze finishes. Optional Classic Series lifts are available in white or stone finish. white pine Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. TRADITIONAL Optional Traditional lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white and stone. Bar Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. 82 bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone

50 Accessories Sold Separately. PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG) UPGRADE A high inside sill stop and interior/exterior brackets are available to provide additional structural support for Andersen tilt-wash units, allowing the windows to achieve PG 50 performance. Performance Grade Ratings replace Design Pressure Ratings for measuring product performance. See page 269. Use of this package will subtract 5 /8" from clear opening height. PG 50 upgrade not available for 72" and 76" heights. Tilt-wash double-hung windows are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. COTTAGE STYLE UNITS ALSO AVAILABLE FRAME Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 1 /2". depth can be 4 1 /8" if installation flange is reversed. Extension jambs are available in unfinished pine or prefinished white. Some sizes may be veneered. Factory-Applied Extension s Available in 6 9 /16" size. Extension jambs can be factory-applied to either three sides (stool and apron application) or four sides (picture frame casing). Non-Applied Extension s Non-applied extension jambs are available for the following wall depths: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" GLASS Andersen Art Glass Available for tilt-wash transom and picture units. Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide over 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens have charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. GRILLES Tilt-wash units with highprofile exterior grilles include a unique exterior glazing bead to accommodate grille depth. Opening Control Device Kit A Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits raising the sash to less than 4 inches when the window is first opened. Available in Stone and White. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. Cottage Style Pine Stool A clear pine stool is available and ready for finishing. The tilt-wash stool is available in 4 9 /16" for use in wall depths up to 5 1 /4" and 6 9 /16" for use in wall depths up to 7 1 /8". Works with 2 1 /4" and 2 1 /2" wide casings. 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows Reverse Cottage Style For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Insect Screen Frames Choose full insect screen or half insect screen (shown above). Half insect screen configurations allow ventilation without affecting the view through the upper sash. Frames are available in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors to match product exteriors. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation and is used with permission. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 83

51 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass (lower sash only) 1' " 15" 2'-2 1 8" 19" 2'-6 1 8" 23" 2'-8 1 8" 25" 2' " 27" 3'-0 1 8" 29" 3'-2 1 8" 31" 3'-6 1 8" 35" 3' " 39" Divided light patterns shown on page 90. 3'-0 7 8" 3'-8 7 8" TW18210 TW1832 TW1836 TW20210 TW2032 TW2036 TW24210 TW2432 TW2436 TW26210 TW2632 TW2636 TW28210 TW2832 TW2836 TW TW21032 TW21036 TW30210 TW34210 TW38210 TW3032 TW3432 TW3832 TW3036 TW3436 TW3836 TW18310 TW20310 TW24310 TW26310 TW28310 TW TW30310 TW34310 TW38310 Cottage TW1842 TW2042 TW2442 TW2642 TW2842 TW21042 TW3042 TW3442 TW3842 TW1846 TW2046 TW2446 TW2646 TW2846 TW21046 TW3046 TW3446 TW3846 TW18410 TW20410 TW24410 TW26410 TW28410 TW TW30410 TW34410 TW38410 TW1852 TW2052 TW2452 TW2652 TW2852 TW21052 TW3052 TW3452 TW3852 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" " 4'-4 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" " TW1856 TW2056 TW2456 TW2656 TW2856 TW21056 TW3056 TW3456 TW3856 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 4'-0 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" " 3'-8 7 8" 3'-4 7 8" 3'-0 7 8" " " 3'-4 7 8" " Cottage sash available for these heights and in all widths. 6'-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " TW18510 TW1862 TW20510 TW2062 TW24510 TW2462 TW26510 TW2662 TW28510 TW2862 TW TW21062 TW30510 TW3062 TW34510 TW3462 TW38510 TW3862 continued on next page "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". See tables on pages

52 Table of Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) (continued) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" Minimum 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " Rough Opening Windows 7'-4 7 8" and 7'-8 7 8" Unobstructed Glass 15" 19" 23" 25" 27" 29" 31" 35" 39" high have interior and exterior (lower sash only) brackets. Interior brackets, located on both sides of the check rail, must be flipped up for proper product performance. 7'-4 7 8" 7'-4 7 8" " TW1872 TW2072 TW2472 TW2672 TW2872 TW21072 TW3072 TW3472 TW3872 7'-4 7 8" and 7'-8 7 8" high windows joined vertically must use Andersen reinforced joining materials. 7'-8 7 8" 7'-8 7 8" " Divided light patterns shown on page 90. TW1876 TW2076 TW2476 TW2676 TW2876 TW21076 TW3076 TW3476 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". See tables on pages TW3876 Tilt-Wash Transom Glass/Window Tilt-Wash Transom Glass/Window Tilt-Wash Transom Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT Window Number Glass Overall Window TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT Window Number Glass Overall Window TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT TWT

53 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Table of Tilt-Wash Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-9 5 8" 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-7 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3'-9 5 8" 3' " 4' " Minimum Rough Opening 1' " 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2' " 3'-0 1 8" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 3' " 4'-3 7 8" Unobstructed Glass 15" 19" 23" 25" 27" 29" 31" 35" 39" " " CUSTOM WIDTHS 12" to 6' " 2' " 1' " 1' " 1'-0" 1'-9 7 8" 1'-7 7 8" 1'-0 1 2" 2'-1 7 8" TWT1810 TWT2010 TWT2410 TWT2610 TWT2810 TWT21010 TWT3010 TWT1815 TWT2015 TWT2415 TWT2615 TWT2815 TWT21015 TWT3015 TWT1817 TWT2017 TWT2417 TWT2617 TWT2817 TWT21017 TWT3017 TWT18111 TWT20111 TWT24111 TWT26111 TWT28111 TWT TWT30111 TWT3410 TWT3415 TWT3417 TWT34111 TWT3810 TWT3815 TWT3817 TWT38111 TWT31010 TWT4210 Divided light patterns shown on page 90. 2' " 2'-3 7 8" " TWT1821 TWT2021 TWT2421 TWT2621 TWT2821 TWT21021 TWT3021 TWT3421 TWT3821 2' " 2'-5 7 8" " TWT1823 TWT2023 TWT2423 TWT2623 TWT2823 TWT21023 TWT3023 TWT3423 TWT3823 2' " 2'-9 7 8" " TWT1827 TWT2027 TWT2427 TWT2627 TWT2827 TWT21027 TWT3027 TWT3427 TWT3827 3' " 3'-3 7 8" " " " " 5 3 8" CUSTOM HEIGHTS 12" to 3' " TWT1831 TWT2031 TWT2431 TWT2631 TWT2831 TWT21031 TWT3031 TWT3431 TWT3831 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Tilt-Wash Picture Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP Tilt-Wash Picture Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP Tilt-Wash Picture Glass/Window Window Number Glass Overall Window DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP DHP

54 4' " 5' " 6' " 4' " 5'-7 7 8" 6'-3 7 8" " " " TWT41010 TWT5610 TWT6210 Table of Tilt-Wash Picture Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-0" 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" 3' " 4' " 4' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 1'-0 1 2" 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" 3' " 4'-3 7 8" 4' " Unobstructed Glass " " " " " " 5'-7 7 8" " Divided light patterns shown on page 90. DHP10310 DHP1042 DHP30310 DHP3042 DHP34310 DHP3442 DHP DHP31042 DHP42310 DHP4242 DHP DHP41042 DHP56310 DHP5642 DHP1046 DHP10410 DHP3046 DHP30410 DHP3446 DHP34410 DHP31046 DHP DHP4246 DHP42410 DHP41046 DHP DHP5646 DHP56410 DHP1052 DHP3052 DHP3452 DHP31052 DHP4252 DHP41052 DHP5652 DHP1056 DHP3056 DHP3456 DHP31056 DHP4256 DHP41056 DHP5656 6'-0 7 8" 6'-0 7 8" " 5'-8 7 8" 5'-8 7 8" " 5'-4 7 8" 5'-4 7 8" " 4'-0 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" 4'-8 7 8" 4'-4 7 8" 4'-0 7 8" " " " 5'-0 7 8" 5'-0 7 8" " 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows DHP10510 DHP30510 DHP34510 DHP DHP42510 DHP DHP '-4 7 8" 6'-4 7 8" " "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. DHP1062 DHP3062 DHP3462 DHP31062 DHP4262 DHP41062 DHP

55 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Opening Specifications and Glass/Window Window Number 88 Clear Opening in Full Open Position Glass Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window Clear Opening Width Height Vent TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 5.53 TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 6.14 TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" 6.74 TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" 7.34 TW /8" 22 1 /4" /2" 7.94 TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" 8.54 TW / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" 9.14 TW / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" 9.74 TW /8" 30 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 34 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 40 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 42 1 /4" /4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 6.56 TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 7.27 TW / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" 7.98 TW /8" 20 1 /4" /2" 8.69 TW /8" 22 1 /4" /2" 9.41 TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 28 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 7.58 TW / 8" 16 1 / 4" / 2" 8.40 TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" 9.23 TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 22 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 26 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 34 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 8.09 TW / 8" 16 1 / 4" / 2" 8.97 TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" 9.85 TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 24 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 26 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 32 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 40 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 42 1 /4" /4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 8.61 TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" 9.54 TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 26 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 28 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" continued on next page Opening calculations change when using PG50 sill stop. For cottage and reverse cottage opening specifications visit andersenwindows.com. Select the "For Professionals" tab on the 400 Series tilt-wash double-hung windows product page. *"Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 8'. "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2" except for 7'-5" and 7'-9" heights. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24".

56 Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Opening Specifications and Glass/Window Window Number Clear Opening in Full Open Position Glass (continued) Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window Clear Opening Width Height Vent TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 34 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 9.12 TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 22 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 26 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 30 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 34 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 40 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 42 1 /4" /4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" 9.63 TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 18 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 20 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 28 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * TW /8" 14 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 16 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 24 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 26 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 28 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 30 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * TW / 8" 14 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 16 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 18 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 20 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 22 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 24 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 26 1 / 4" / 2" TW / 8" 28 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 30 1 /4" /2" TW /8" 32 1 /4" /2" TW / 8" 34 1 / 4" / 2" TW /8" 40 1 /4" /4" * TW / 8" 42 1 / 4" / 4" * *"Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 8'. "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 /2" except for 7'-5" and 7'-9" heights. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". Opening calculations change when using PG50 sill stop. For cottage and reverse cottage opening specifications visit andersenwindows.com. Select the "For Professionals" tab on the 400 Series tilt-wash double-hung windows product page. 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows 89

57 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG FULL-FRAME WINDOWS Divided Light Patterns Diamond* Prairie A 6-Light Prairie Colonial Double-hung window patterns are also available in Upper Sash Only (USO) configurations. Tilt-Wash Double-Hung For picture window patterns that require alignment with double-hung patterns, identify the double-hung sash style (equal, cottage, reverse Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash cottage) when ordering. Diamond* Prairie A Colonial Modified Colonial Tall Fractional Short Fractional Victorian Simulated Simulated Simulated Check Rail (SCR) Check Rail (SCR) Check Rail (SCR) Tilt-Wash Picture Tilt-Wash Transom *Available only in Simulated Divided Light (SDL) configuration and only in 3 /4" and 7 /8" widths. Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Insect Screen " (33) 4 1 2" (114) Lower Sash in Open Position " (62) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) 1 4" (6) Min " (84) Upper Sash Lower Sash 1 7 8" (37) Clear Opg. Width Unit Dim. Width 1 7 8" (37) Minimum Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Min. Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height 3 8" (10) Clear Opg. Height " (90) Head Check Rail Sill Low-E4 Insulating Glass 1 1 2" (38) Stool 1 1 2" (38) 5 8" (16) " (62) 1 2" (13) Sill Stop to Subfloor Dimension Horizontal Section Vertical Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 90

58 Tilt-Wash Picture Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) " (62) Unobstructed Glass " (62) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Unobstr. Glass Head " (62) Stool 1 1 2" (38) 5 8" (16) " (62) 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) 3 8" (10) Sill 1 2" (13) Horizontal Section Vertical Section Tilt-Wash Transom Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) " (84) Unobstructed Glass " (84) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Unobstr. Glass " (84) " (84) 1 4" (6) Horizontal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 16" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". Overall Window Dimension Width Sum of individual window widths plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall window dimension width plus 1 2". For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section 1 16" (2) Unit Dim. Height Unit Dim. Height Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Sill " (84) 1 16" (2) " (62) Head Vertical Section Transom (TWT) over Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Unit Dim. 1 4" (6) " (43) Unit Dim. 1 8" (3) Horizontal Section Tilt-Wash Double-Hung to Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Andersen Filler and Vinyl Trim (Optional) Sill Vertical Section Vertical Support by Others Unit Dim. Unit Dim. 2" (51) Horizontal Section Tilt-Wash Double-Hung and Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows 91

59 SECTION REFERENCE Size Ranges Existing Window Measurements Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Performance Data Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Windows

60 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOWS E Features FRAME A Perma-Shield exterior cladding protects the frame beautifully. Best of all, it s low-maintenance and long-lived. You never have to paint it.* B For exceptionally long-lasting* performance, sill members are constructed with a wood core and a Fibrex composite material exterior. C Natural wood stops are available in pine and prefinished white. C Exterior D J H B I D Weatherstripping in combination with flexible jamb liner system provides a barrier against wind, rain and dust. The combination of spring tension vinyl, rigid vinyl and flexible bulb weatherstripping is efficient and effective. E Exterior stop covers are specially designed to allow easy application of high-quality sealant. A 3 1 /4" pocket window jamb depth allows convenient replacement without disturbing interior window trim for most double-hung replacement situations. F For units with White exterior color, exterior jamb liner is white. For all other units the exterior jamb liner is gray. Unique block and tackle counter balances feature sized-to-theunit, rust-resistant springs that require no adjustment. Glass-reinforced nylon balancer shoes provide smooth, reliable sash operation. To help prevent Hardware Sold separately except where noted. G F accidental release when in wash mode, they automatically lock into position with a stainless steel retainer clip. SASH Slide wash assists make it easy to tilt the sash into wash mode. G Wood sash members are treated with a water-repellent wood preservative for long-lasting * protection and performance. Interior surfaces are unfinished pine. Low-maintenance painted white interiors are also available. H Silicone bed glazing provides superior weathertightness and durability. I Sash joints simulate the look of traditional mortise-and-tenon construction inside and out. GLASS J High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Lock & Keeper White Sandtone The cam-operated lock & keeper is designed for easy operation and long life* and comes standard with double-hung windows. Stone finish is standard with wood interior units. White finish comes with prefinished white interiors. Available in white or stone finish. Estate Optional Estate lock & keeper. Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, oil rubbed bronze, satin nickel, distressed bronze and distressed nickel. Optional Estate lock & keeper reduces the clear opening height by 7 /32". Check with local building code officials to determine compliance with egress requirements. Terratone Forest Green Double-Hung Lifts Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. Interior CLASSIC SERIES Sash Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Classic Series lifts are available in white or stone finish. white pine ESTATE Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Estate lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel and distressed bronze. Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. TRADITIONAL Bar Lift Hand Lift Finger Lift Optional Traditional lifts are available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white and stone. Bold names denote finish shown. Hardware Finishes Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples. bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone 94

61 Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME INSTALLATION Installation Kit An installation kit, which includes installation screws, straight shims and backer rod, is included with each insert window. SILL ANGLES 3 sill angles are available 0, 8 and 14 to closely match the existing sill in window replacement applications. 0 Sill Angle 8 Sill Angle 14 Sill Angle Wood Interior Stop Optional interior stop with matching chamfer is available. INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens come with charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. Coil Stock Andersen aluminum coil stock can be ordered to match any of our 11 trim colors. Made from.019-gauge aluminum, Andersen coil stock is available in 24" x 50' rolls. Color-matched 1 1 /4" stainless steel trim nails are also available and can be ordered in 1 lb. boxes. Opening Control Device Kit A Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits raising the sash to less than 4 inches when the window is first opened. Available in Stone and White. Device shown on a 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung. Exterior Stop Cover An exterior stop cover provides a clean transition from new window to old window casing. For more information about glass, patterned glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Insect Screen Frames Choose full insect screen or half insect screen. Half insect screen (shown above) allows ventilation without affecting the view through the upper sash. Available in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors to match product exteriors. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Windows 95

62 TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG INSERT WINDOWS Tilt-Wash Insert Window Size Ranges Double-Hung - Equal Sash Double-Hung - Cottage & Reverse Cottage Sash " to " " to " " " " to to to " " " CUSTOM HEIGHTS Sill Angle CUSTOM WIDTHS " " " to to to " " " Sill Angle CUSTOM HEIGHTS Cottage CUSTOM WIDTHS Reverse Cottage Available in 1 8" increments. Height limits for double-hung and picture insert windows depend on new insert window Picture Transom sill angle " " 77" to to to " 12" " CUSTOM HEIGHTS Sill Angle " 78" to CUSTOM WIDTHS 78" to " CUSTOM HEIGHTS " 78" to CUSTOM WIDTHS For picture and transom insert windows, either height or width must be 68" or less and height plus width cannot be less than 28". Divided light patterns shown on page 97. Existing Window Measurement Required measurements: 1. Existing Opening Height 2. Existing Sill Angle 3. Existing Opening Width Existing Double-Hung Window Existing Picture Window 1. Existing Opening Height Existing Exterior Stop Existing Parting Stop (typically removed) Existing Inside Stop Existing Stool Stop Side Casing View of Side Interior Head Stop Side Casing View of Side Interior Head Existing Interior Trim View of Head View of Head 2. Existing Sill Angle Existing Sill Interior Head Stop Head Stop Vertical Section Interior Existing Interior Trim Existing Inside Stop 3. Existing Opening Width Existing Parting Stop (typically removed) Existing Exterior Stop Existing Exterior Trim Horizontal Section Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Sill Stool View of Sill Stool Interior Tape Measure Stool Sill View of Sill Stool Interior 96

63 Divided Light Patterns Prairie A Specified Equal Light Prairie A Specified Equal Light Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Tilt-Wash Transom Insert Double-hung window patterns are also available in Upper Sash Only (USO) configurations. Equal Sash Cottage Sash Equal Sash Cottage Sash Tilt-Wash Picture Insert For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. For picture window patterns that require alignment with double-hung patterns, identify the double-hung sash style (equal, cottage, reverse cottage) when ordering. Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Andersen Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Window 3 1 4" (83) Andersen Exterior Trim Stop Cover Sill Angle Options: 14, 8, " (83) Head Check Rail Existing Parting Stop Removed Andersen Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Window Clear Opening Height Unit Height Existing Opening Height Clear Opg. Width 14 Unit Width Existing Opening Width Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section Joining Combinations Join insert windows in 1-way combinations Transom Insert Transom Insert Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Interior Trim Strip (optional) horizontally or vertically. Do not join insert windows in 2-way combinations. Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Exterior Trim Strip (optional) Horizontal Section Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert to Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Insert Windows Double-Hung Insert Double-Hung Insert Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Double-Hung Insert Picture Insert Picture Insert For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 97

64 NOTES PAGE 98

65 SECTION REFERENCE Casement Tables of Sizes Window Details Custom Casement Tables of Sizes Double-Hung Tables of Sizes Window Details Series Bay & Bow Windows

66 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Features CASEMENT BAY & BOW WINDOWS Some options must be specified to complete an order. These include color, glass and hardware. A Pre-milled mullion posts join individual casement windows together into 30 angle bay, 45 angle bay, 90 box bay and 10 bow window units. Mullion posts lock into a channel in each adjoining casement window for a sturdy, easy-to-install unit. The exterior is sheathed with vinyl cladding; the interior is trimmed in natural wood, which can be finished to enhance any décor. B Andersen auxiliary casing is supplied as trim to finish the top of 30 angle bay, 45 angle bay and 10 bow windows. Auxiliary casing is an option for 90 box bay windows. C Securing platforms made of 3 /4" plywood at the head and sill of bay and bow windows provide added strength to the assembly. WOODWRIGHT AND TILT-WASH DOUBLE-HUNG 30 AND 45 ANGLE BAY WINDOWS Some options must be specified to complete an order. These include color and glass. D Pre-milled mullion posts join individual units together into 30 angle bay and 45 angle bay window units for a sturdy, easy-to-install unit. The exterior is sheathed with vinyl cladding; the interior is trimmed in natural wood, which can be finished to enhance any décor. E Andersen auxiliary casing is mitered, joined and installed as trim to finish the top of 30 and 45 angle bay windows. The wood casing is covered in vinyl cladding. F Securing platforms made of 3 /4" plywood at the head and sill of bay windows provide added strength for the assembly. B A 30 Casement Angle Bay Window B A C C Andersen 200 Series Narroline double-hung windows are available in standard bay window configurations. Please see the size tables that follow in this section to identify 200 Series Narroline window sizes that are available. CUSTOM SIZES 10 Casement Bow Window E F C B D A Installation of custom bay units having a projection greater than 24" requires the expertise of a structural engineer to determine needed structural support. Failure to use sufficient structural support could result in personal injury or damage to windows or other property. Each cable within the system can support a maximum load of 500 pounds. If the section of the window unit requiring support exceeds 500 pounds, additional support is needed. 45 Double-Hung Angle Bay Window 90 Casement Box Bay Window 100

67 Options Sold separately. Please refer to the individual 400 Series and 200 Series product sections for a full list of options and accessories. FRAME INSTALLATION Casement 90 Double-Hung Extension s depth is 2 7 /8". Pine extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" For 4 9 /16" wall thickness on box or bow units order 5 1 /4" and trim to fit Head and Seat Boards Head and seat boards now available in pine, oak, maple, and white. Available for the following wall thicknesses: 4 1 /2" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Some sizes may be veneered. Extension s depth is 4 1 /2". Pine extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" The extension jamb adapters, which come with the assembled angle bay, satisfy a 4 1 /2" wall dimension. Some sizes are pine veneer Head and Seat Boards Head and seat boards now available in pine, oak, maple, and white. Available for the following wall thicknesses: 4 1 /2" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Some sizes may be veneered. Cable Support A cable provides additional support. Recommended for installations that extend out from the structure, without a framed support wall beneath the unit. Each cable within the system can support a maximum load of 500 pounds. If the section of the window unit requiring support exceeds 500 pounds, additional support is necessary. Failure to use sufficient structural support could result in personal injury or damage to windows or other property. Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl Series Bay & Bow Windows

68 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Table of Casement 30 Angle Bay Windows Projection " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 5'-10" 7'-9 7 8" 7'-9 7 8" 9'-9 3 4" 9'-9 3 4" HEIGHTS HEIGHTS Minimum Rough Opening 3' " 3'-2" 3' " 3'-6 7 8" 4'-1 1 2" 4'-2" 4' " 4'-6 7 8" 5'-1 3 8" 5'-1 7 8" 5' " 5'-6 7 8" 6'-1 3 8" 6'-1 7 8" WIDTHS Minimum Rough Opening 3' " 3'-2" 3' " 3'-6 7 8" 4'-1 1 2" 4'-2" 4' " 4'-6 7 8" 5'-1 3 8" 5'-1 7 8" 5' " 5'-6 7 8" 6'-1 3 8" 6'-1 7 8" 5'-9 1 8" 7'-9" 7'-9" 9'-8 7 8" 9'-8 7 8" Projection " " " " " Window Dimension 30-C C C C C C C16-20 Table of Casement 45 Angle Bay Windows 5'-4 1 8" 5'-2 5 8" 45-C C C C C C C C C C C C C C '-3 7 8" 7'-2 1 2" 45-C C C C C C C P P P P P P P '-3 7 8" 7'-2 1 2" 45-P P P P P P P C C C C C '-2 3 8" 9'-3 3 4" 45-C C C C C35-20 Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. See pages P P P P P '-3 3 4" 9'-2 3 8" 45-P P P P P for more information. Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. In addition to venting shown in tables, other standard configurations are available. Choose left venting, right venting or stationary as viewed from the exterior. "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index. 102

69 Table of Casement 90 Box Bay Windows Projection " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension Minimum Rough Opening 4'-8 1 4" 4'-8 1 4" 6'-8 1 8" 6'-8 1 8" 4'-1 5 8" 4'-1 5 8" 6'-1 1 2" 6'-1 1 2" Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. See pages for more information. HEIGHTS 3' " 3'-2" 3' " 3'-6 7 8" 4'-1 1 2" 4'-2" 4' " 4'-6 7 8" 5'-1 3 8" 5'-1 7 8" 5' " 5'-6 7 8" 6'-1 3 8" 6'-1 7 8" 90-C C C C C C C P P P P P P P C C C C C P P P P P In addition to venting shown in tables, other standard configurations are available. Choose left venting, right venting or stationary as viewed from the exterior. Table of Casement 10 Bow Windows Projection " " 14" " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 6' " 8' " 10'-0 3 4" 11' " 13' " Minimum Rough Opening 6'-1 5 8" 8'-1 3 8" 10'-0 3 8" 11' " 13'-7 1 2" HEIGHTS 3' " 3'-2" 3' " 3'-6 7 8" 4'-1 1 2" 4'-2" 4' " 4'-6 7 8" 5'-1 3 8" 5'-1 7 8" 5' " 5'-6 7 8" 6'-1 3 8" 6'-1 7 8" C33 BOW C335 BOW C34 BOW C345 BOW C35 BOW C355 BOW C36 BOW C43 BOW C435 BOW C44 BOW C445 BOW C45 BOW C455 BOW C46 BOW C53 BOW C535 BOW C54 BOW C545 BOW C55 BOW C555 BOW C56 BOW C63 BOW C635 BOW C64 BOW C645 BOW C65 BOW C655 BOW C66 BOW C73 BOW C735 BOW C74 BOW C745 BOW C75 BOW C755 BOW C76 BOW Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index Series Bay & Bow Windows

70 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Casement 30 Angle Bay Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Extension s by Others Andersen Mullion Post Interior Trim Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Andersen Side Extension s Projection Back of Flange " (33) Modified trim option with center picture unit in 2 x 6 wood frame wall Center Picture Unit Horizontal Section Andersen Mullion Post with Vinyl Exterior Trim Unit Dimension Width Center operating unit in 2 x 4 wood frame wall Angled Side Flange Casement 45 Angle Bay Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Andersen Side Extension s Andersen Adaptor Projection Back of Flange Andersen Mullion Post Interior Trim Unit Dimension Width Side Flange " (33) Modified trim option with center picture unit in 2 x 6 wood frame wall Center Picture Unit Horizontal Section Andersen Mullion Post with Vinyl Exterior Trim Center operating unit in 2 x 4 wood frame wall Casement 10 Bow Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Mullion Post Interior Casing Interior Trim by Others Projection Horizontal Section 5 5 Unit Dim. Width Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to unit installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 104

71 Casement 90 Box Bay Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Unit Dimension Width Overall Rough Opening Width " (81) Andersen Side Extension s Fibrex Cellular Trim Board Andersen Wall Return Post Andersen Mullion Post Interior Trim Andersen Side Extension s Fibrex Cellular Trim Board Andersen Wall Return Post Andersen Mullion Post Interior Trim Unit Dimension Width " (46) Horizontal Section center venting window Andersen Mullion Post with Vinyl Exterior Trim Unit Dim " (106) Horizontal Section center picture window Andersen Mullion Post with Vinyl Exterior Trim Casement 30 & 45 Angle Bay, 10 Bow & 90 Box Bay Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Andersen Cable Support System Fibrex Cellular Trim Board Auxiliary Casing (optional for box bay) 3 4" (19) 1 1 4" (32) Overall Unit Dimension Height Basic Casement Unit Height Head 7 16" (11) 7 16" (11) Rough Opening Height 3 4" (19) 3 4" (19) Andersen Vinyl Laminated Board " (33) Sill Back of Flange Projection Vertical Section Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to unit installation guides at andersenwindows.com Series Bay & Bow Windows

72 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Custom sized in 1 8" increments between minimum and maximum width and height dimensions. In addition to venting shown in tables, other standard configurations are available. Choose left venting, right venting or stationary as viewed from the exterior. See our Custom Measurement Guide & Worksheet available at andersenwindows.com. Go to the casement product web page under the "Installation and Warranty" tab. Custom Casement 30 Angle Bay Window Size and Projection Range Sash Ratio Window Configuration Center Window Venting Configuration Minimum Width Maximum Width Window Dimension Minimum Height Maximum Height Minimum Projection Maximum 1:1: Venting or Stationary 50" / 2" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 10 1 / 4" 19 5 / 8" 1:2: Venting or Stationary 67 3 /8" /2" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 10 1 /4" 19 5 /8" 70 7 /8" /4" X 38" 73 7 /8" 10 3 /4" 16 5 /8" 1:2:1 Picture /4" /8" X 38" 61 7 /8" 16 5 /8" 19 5 /8" 1:3: Venting or Stationary 84 1 /2" 144" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 10 1 /4" 16 1 /2" 83 7 /8" 97 7 /8" X 38" 73 7 /8" 10 1 /4" 11 5 /8" 1:3:1 Picture /8" /8" X 38" 61 7 /8" 11 5 /8" 13 5 /8" Custom Casement 45 Angle Bay Window Size and Projection Range Sash Ratio Window Configuration Center Window Venting Configuration Minimum Width Maximum Width Window Dimension Minimum Height Maximum Height Minimum Projection Maximum 1:1: Venting or Stationary 45 3 /4" 91 1 /4" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 14 3 /16" 27 1 /2" 1:2: Venting or Stationary 63" /4" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 14 1 /4" 27 1 /2" 66" / 8" X 38" 73 7 / 8" 14 7 / 8" 23 1 / 4" 1:2:1 Picture / 8" / 4" X 38" 61 7 / 8" 23 1 / 4" 27 1 / 2" 1:3: Venting or Stationary 80 1 / 8" 144" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 14 1 / 4" 24 5 / 16" 79 5 / 8" 92 3 / 4" X 38" 73 7 / 8" 14 3 / 16" 16 1 / 4" 1:3:1 Picture / 4" / 8" X 38" 61 7 / 8" 16 1 / 4" 19" Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index. 106

73 Custom sized in 1 8" increments between minimum and maximum width and height dimensions. In addition to venting shown in tables, other standard configurations are available. Choose left venting, right venting or stationary as viewed from the exterior. See our Custom Measurement Guide & Worksheet available at andersenwindows.com. Go to the casement product web page under the "Installation and Warranty" tab. Custom Casement 90 Box Bay Window Size and Projection Range Window Configuration Center Window Venting Configuration Minimum Width Maximum Width Window Dimension Flanker Projection Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Height Height Width Width Depth Maximum Depth Picture 38 1 /4" 61 7 /8" X 38" 73 7 /8" 17" 35 7 /8" 21 1 /2" 40 3 /8" Picture 61 7 /8" 74 1 /8" X 38" 61 7 /8" 17" 35 7 /8" 21 1 /2" 40 3 /8" Venting or Stationary 36 3 /8" 74 1 /4" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 17" 35 7 /8" 21 1 /2" 40 3 /8" Picture 53 1 /2" /8" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 17" 35 7 /8" 21 1 /2" 40 3 /8" Custom Casement 10 Bow Window Size and Projection Range Window Configuration Center Window Venting Configuration Minimum Width Maximum Width Window Dimension Minimum Height Maximum Height Minimum Depth Projection Maximum Depth 3 Wide Venting or Stationary 52 1 / 2" / 8" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 4 3 / 8" 7 5 / 8" 4 Wide Venting or Stationary 69 1 / 2" / 8" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 7 3 / 8" 13 7 / 8" 5 Wide Venting or Stationary 85 7 / 8" / 4" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 10 3 / 8" 18 5 / 8" 6 Wide Venting or Stationary / 8" / 4" X 26 1 / 8" 73 7 / 8" 14 7 / 8" 23 3 / 16" 7 Wide Venting or Stationary /8" /4" X 26 1 /8" 73 7 /8" 19 3 /16" 26 3 /8" Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index Series Bay & Bow Windows

74 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Table of Double-Hung 30 Angle Bay Window Sizes with Picture Window and 1-8 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 6' " 7' " 7'-6 5 8" 7' " 8'-6 5 8" 9'-2 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening 6'-8 1 8" 7'-0 1 8" 7'-5 3 4" 7'-9 3 4" 8'-5 3 4" 9'-1 3 4" HEIGHTS 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" Table of Double-Hung 30 Angle Bay Window Sizes with Picture Window and 2-0 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 7'-3 7 8" 7'-7 7 8" 8' " 8' " 9' " 9' " Minimum Rough Opening 7'-3" 7'-7" 8'-0 3 4" 8'-4 3 4" 9'-0 3 4" 9'-8 3 4" HEIGHTS 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" Ordering Prefix: Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. WDH 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung WPW 400 Series Woodwright Picture TW 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung DHP 400 Series Tilt-Wash Picture "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. NL 200 Series Narroline Double-Hung "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index. 108

75 Table of Double-Hung 30 Angle Bay Window Sizes with 1-8 Flanking Double-Hung Windows Projection " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 7' " 7' " 8'-6 5 8" 9'-2 5 8" 9' " HEIGHTS Minimum Rough Opening 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" 7'-0 1 8" 7'-9 3 4" 8'-5 3 4" 9'-1 3 4" 9'-9 3 4" These sizes also available as 200 Series Narroline angle bay windows. Table of Double-Hung 30 Angle Bay Window Sizes with 2-0 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 7'-7 7 8" 8' " 9' " 9' " 10' " HEIGHTS Minimum Rough Opening 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" 7'-7" 8'-4 3 4" 9'-0 3 4" 9'-8 3 4" 10'-4 3 4" These sizes also available as 200 Series Narroline angle bay windows. Ordering Prefix: Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. WDH 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung WPW 400 Series Woodwright Picture TW 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung DHP 400 Series Tilt-Wash Picture "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. NL 200 Series Narroline Double-Hung "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index Series Bay & Bow Windows

76 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Table of Double-Hung 45 Angle Bay Window Sizes with Picture Window and 1-8 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 6' " 6' " 7'-2 1 8" 7'-6 1 8" 8'-2 1 8" 8' " Minimum Rough Opening 6'-3 1 8" 6'-7 1 8" 7'-0 3 4" 7'-4 3 4" 8'-0 3 4" 8'-8 3 4" HEIGHTS 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" Table of Double-Hung 45 Angle Bay Window Sizes with Picture Window and 2-0 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 6' " 7'-2 1 8" 7' " 7' " 8' " 9' " Minimum Rough Opening 6'-8 3 4" 7'-0 3 4" 7'-6 1 2" 7' " 8'-6 1 2" 9'-2 1 2" HEIGHTS 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" Ordering Prefix: Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. WDH 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung WPW 400 Series Woodwright Picture TW 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung DHP 400 Series Tilt-Wash Picture "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. NL 200 Series Narroline Double-Hung "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index. 110

77 Table of Double-Hung 45 Angle Bay Window Sizes with 1-8 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 6' " 7'-6 1 8" 8'-2 1 8" 8' " 9'-6 1 8" HEIGHTS Minimum Rough Opening 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" 6'-7 1 8" 7'-4 7 8" 8'-0 3 4" 8'-8 3 4" 9'-4 3 4" These sizes also available as 200 Series Narroline angle bay windows. Table of Double-Hung 45 Angle Bay Window Sizes with 2-0 Flanking Windows Projection " " " " " WIDTHS Window Dimension 7'-2 1 8" 7' " 8' " 9' " 9' " HEIGHTS Minimum Rough Opening 4'-2 1 4" 4'-2 3 4" 4'-6 1 4" 4'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 5'-6 1 4" 5'-6 3 4" 5' " 5' " 6'-6 1 4" 6'-6 3 4" 7'-0 3 4" 7' " 8'-6 1 2" 9'-2 1 2" 9' " These sizes also available as 200 Series Narroline angle bay windows. Ordering Prefix: Proper support of projecting bow and bay windows is required, see installation guidelines. Failure to do so may result in injury, product damage and/or property damage. WDH 400 Series Woodwright Double-Hung WPW 400 Series Woodwright Picture TW 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung DHP 400 Series Tilt-Wash Picture "Projection" refers to outside of the exterior sheathing to the outer edge of the window. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. NL 200 Series Narroline Double-Hung "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. One Andersen cable kit is included with the unit for proper installation. Each cable supports a maximum load of 500 pounds; additional support is necessary for loads exceeding 500 pounds. Angle bay and bow windows include only the basic unit. Roof and other installation materials provided by other manufacturers. For walkout angle bay and bow window details and installation guidelines, contact your local Andersen supplier or visit our website at andersenwindows.com/adf_index Series Bay & Bow Windows

78 BAY & BOW WINDOWS Double-Hung 30 Angle Bay Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Woodwright window shown. Tilt-wash and Narroline window installation similar. Andersen Auxiliary Casing Andersen Cable Support System (optional) Upper Platform Board 1 2" (13) 3 4" (19) 3 8" (10) 3 8" Head Filler Board Head Board Mullion Post Inside Casing Adaptor Basic Tilt-Wash Unit Height Head Check Rail Seat Board Overall Angle Bay Unit Height Rough Opening Height 30 Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Unit Dimension Width 1-8 Unit Dim. 1' 9 5 8" (549) 2-0 Unit Dim. 2' 1 5 8" (651) 1 4" (6) Back of Flange Projection " (33) 1 4" (6) Lower Platform Board Fibrex Cellular Trim Board " (33) Sill Back of Flange Projection Spaced Seat Board Installation Horizontal Section Vertical Section Double-Hung 45 Angle Bay Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Tilt-wash window shown. Woodwright and Narroline window installation similar. Andersen Auxiliary Casing Andersen Cable Support System (optional) Upper Platform Board 1 2" (13) 3 4" (19) 3 8" (10) Platform Below Mullion Post Inside Casing Interior Trim by Others Batt Insulation and Shims Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Unit Dimension Width Side Flashing Mullion Post with Vinyl Trim Strip 11 16" (17) Back of Flange Projection " (33) 1 4" (6) Lower Platform Board Basic Picture Unit Height Fibrex Cellular Trim Board " (33) Head Sill Projection Trim 3 8" Head Filler Board Trim Back of Flange Head Board Seat Board Overall Angle Bay Unit Height Rough Opening Height Horizontal Section Vertical Section Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to unit installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 112

79 400 Series Gliding Windows SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Combination Designs Performance Data

80 GLIDING WINDOWS Features FRAME A The exterior of the frame is covered with fiberglass to maintain an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. B Wood frame members are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative for long-lasting * protection and performance. C Flexible bulb weatherstripping and spring tension vinyl are installed at the factory and help provide a tight seal between the sash and frame. SASH D For improved ventilation both sash are operable. Rigid vinyl (PVC) encases the entire sash. A vinyl weld protects each sash corner for superior weathertightness to maintain an attractive appearance and minimize maintenance. E Natural wood sash members help provide excellent structural stability and energy efficiency. B Exterior White F C E G Specify a unit exterior and interior option to complete your order. Rotating Sash Handle Available in bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, brushed chrome, satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, distressed nickel, distressed bronze, white, stone and black. D F Interior stops are unfinished pine. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. Delrin Glides Teflon impregnated Delrin glides are self-lubricating and require only 8 lbs. of force to operate. A stainless steel spring within the glide provides years * of reliable operation even in harsh environments. Sandtone Terratone white pine Also available in Forest Green. See your Andersen supplier for details. Hardware Sold Separately. Bold names denote finish shown. Interior Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. A GLASS G High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. H Fold-out-and-lock installation flanges accommodate 4 1 /2" and 4 1 /8" wall construction. HARDWARE Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 9 /16". Extension jambs are available in unfinished pine or prefinished white. Some sizes may be veneered. Factory-Applied Extension s Available factory-applied in 6 9 /16" size. Non-Applied Extension s Non-applied extension jambs are available for the following wall depths: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Locking System I For an added measure of security and increased weathertightness, the locking system pulls the sash firmly closed while pushing the sash tight to the side jambs. This lock is single-point on 2' tall windows, two-point on 3' tall windows, and three-point on 3'-6", 4' and 5' tall windows. HARDWARE Passive Sash Handle Attaches to the passive sash to aid in operation. Available in Sandtone color only. H INSECT SCREENS EXCLUSIVE TruScene Insect Screen TruScene insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that's one-third the diameter of our aluminum screen wire. They provide over 50% more clarity than our conventional insect screens. They also let more sunlight and fresh air into the home. Conventional Insect Screen Conventional insect screens have charcoal powder-coated aluminum screen cloth. I * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Delrin and Tefl on are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. For more information about glass, patterned glass, grilles, TruScene insect screen and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Insect Screen Frames Choose full insect screen (fixed), or Pass-Thru (gliding) insect screen. Frames are available in White, Sandtone and Terratone colors to match product exteriors. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. Hardware Finishes 114 bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone black Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples.

81 Table of Gliding Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension Minimum Rough Opening 2' " 3'-0" 3' " 4'-0" 4' " 5'-0" 5' " 6'-0" 400 Series Gliding Windows Unobstructed Glass (single sash only) " " " " 1' " 2' " 3'-5 1 4" 3'-6" 3'-0" 1'-11" " " " G32 G33 G42 G43 G53 G63 Active Passive Viewed from the exterior. Divided light patterns shown on page 116. G336 G436 G536 G636 G34 G44 G54 G " 5'-0" " 3' " 4'-0" " G35 G45 G55 G65 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". See table on page 116. Handle Location Operational force of handle is equal " 1'-9 3 8" 2'-1 3 8" 2' " 2' " to 8 pounds. Dimensions shown are from top of handle in open Top of Subfloor to Top of Window 6' " 6' " G2 heights 5'-0 3 4" G3 heights 4'-8 3 4" G36 heights 4' " G4 heights 4' " G5 heights position. 115

82 GLIDING WINDOWS Gliding Window Opening Specifications Window Number Clear Opening in Full Open Position Glass Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop Overall Window Clear Opening Width Height Vent G /32" 17 1 /8" /16" 5.45 G /32" 30 1 /8" /16" 8.63 G / 32" 36 1 / 8" / 16" G /32" 42 1 /8" /16" G / 32" 54 1 / 8" / 16" G / 32" 17 1 / 8" / 16" 7.30 G /32" 30 1 /8" /16" G /32" 36 1 /8" /16" G / 32" 42 1 / 8" / 16" G /32" 54 1 /8" /16" G /32" 30 1 /8" /16" G /32" 36 1 /8" /16" G / 32" 42 1 / 8" / 16" G /32" 54 1 /8" /16" G /32" 30 1 /8" /16" G /32" 36 1 /8" /16" G / 32" 42 1 / 8" / 16" G /32" 54 1 /8" /16" "Top of Subfloor to Top of Inside Sill Stop" is calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1 / 2." Meet or exceed clear opening area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear opening width of 20" and clear opening height of 24". Divided Light Patterns Gliding Prairie A Colonial Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples 116

83 400 SERIES Gliding Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) Insect Screen " (116) 400 Series Gliding Windows 3 8" (10) Clear Opg. Width 4 1 8" (105) Meeting Stile Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height " (59) Clear Opg. Height " (72) Head " (40) 3 4" (19) Low-E4 Insulating Glass Sill Parting Stop 7 8" (23) " (49) Sill Parting Stop to Subfloor Dimension Sill Horizontal Section Vertical Section Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. 3" (76) 2" (51) 1 1 8" (29) 3" (76) 1 1 8" (29) Vertical Support by Others 2" (51) Horizontal Section Gliding and Gliding 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 117

84 NOTES PAGE 118

85 400 Series Specialty Windows SECTION REFERENCE Circle Top, Quarter Round, Elliptical, Full Chord, Circle, Oval, Gothic, Octagon, Monumental Quarter & Full Round Windows Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Joining Details Custom Arch Windows Custom Shapes and Sizes Arch, Springline & Springline Flanker Windows Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Window Details Flexiframe Windows Custom Shapes and Sizes Window Details Joining Details

86 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Features FRAME A Wood frame members are treated with a water-repellent wood preservative for long-lasting * protection and performance. Radii are made of laminated select hardwood, offering improved strength and appearance. B The lineal sections of the jamb and sill on Andersen Flexiframe, custom arch, arch and enhancement windows are covered with a low-maintenance, fiberglass reinforced composite. The arched head members, and Springline units, are covered with stretch formed aluminum. C The vinyl anchoring flange on Flexiframe, custom arch, arch, Springline, and enhancement units extends 1 1 /4" around the entire perimeter of the unit. It helps secure the unit to the structure. D Andersen Circle Top, quarter round, elliptical, circle and oval windows are covered with a rigid vinyl (PVC) pre-formed sheath. Low-maintenance exterior cladding provides long-lasting * beauty. F E Pre-formed rigid vinyl sheath on the Andersen Circle Top, quarter round, elliptical, circle and oval window frames forms a full perimeter flange for sealing the unit to the structure. It also helps maintain an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. A G H C Arch Window B F Inside trim stop is made of unfinished pine. Arched trim stops are made with quality, full-length, select hardwood laminations. Units are shipped with the trim stops tacked on, so removal is easy expediting finishing and joining procedures. G Unfinished interior wood glazing stops help secure the glass in place. Arched glazing stops are made with full-length select hardwood laminations. A F G H E GLASS Circle Top Window H High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 glass Low-E4 SmartSun glass Low-E4 Sun glass Tempered glass and other glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) D PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. Specialty windows are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Exterior Specify a unit exterior option and an interior option to complete your order. Interior Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each window one-of-a-kind. White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine Flexiframe Window Springline Window Circle/Oval Window 120

87 Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME Interior Arch Casing* Available in colonial or ranch styles. Two transition blocks come with each arch casing. Arch window casings come with plinth blocks. The 16' casing for custom arch comes with two plinth blocks and a key block. For details, see the Andersen Architectural products section of this catalog, pages For easy integration and consistency, casing dimensions are consistent with Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association specifications. Plinth Blocks For enhancing casing transitions. Decorated with a radial sunburst, or use the reverse side flush face. Extension s Specify extension jambs when ordering. Standard unit jamb depth is 2 7 /8", except for elliptical and double-hung Circle Top units, which are 4 1 /2". Pine (or continuous laminated select hardwood) extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Some sizes may be pine veneer. Springline window extension jambs and transition pieces are applied when ordered with the unit (key component block is also applied to units with a 48" radius). Auxiliary Extension s Use auxiliary extension jambs for joining arch windows over casement or alongside awning windows. Available for the following wall thicknesses: For arch windows: 2 7 /8" x 4" size for use with 2 1 /4" and 2 1 /2" casing, 3 7 /8" x 5 1 /4" size for use with 3 1 /2" casing. Key Block Excellent for creating unique trim designs or accents at arch casing transitions. A key block comes with the 16' custom arch casing, and is an option for Andersen circle and oval windows. 400 Series Specialty Windows 2 1 /4" Colonial style, in oak and select hardwoods. WM366. For Circle Top, elliptical, circle and oval windows: 2 7 /8" size for use with 2 1 /4" and 2 1 /2" casing, 3 7 /8" size for use with 3 1 /2" casing. GLASS Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. Transition Piece Two transition pieces come with the interior arch casing extension jambs, providing a beautiful accent for circle and oval windows. NEW 4 9 /16" 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" 2 1 /2" Colonial style, in oak and select hardwoods. WM351. EXTERIOR TRIM Select Specialty windows are now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. Contact your Andersen supplier for details. 3 1 /2" Colonial style, in oak and select hardwoods. WM444. * Select hardwoods for specialty window interior arch casing include Hard Maple, Red Maple, European Birch, White Poplar and White Aspen. The specific species used will be dependent upon availability. CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation. 2 1 /4" Ranch style, in oak and select hardwoods. WM /2" Ranch style, in select hardwoods. WM315. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exterior. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. 121

88 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Table of Circle Top and Full Chord Window Sizes Double-Hung Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-1 5 8" 2'-5 5 8" 2'-9 5 8" 3'-1 5 8" 3'-5 5 8" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-2 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2' " 3'-2 1 8" 3'-6 1 8" Unobstructed Glass (Circle Top) " " " " " 1' " 1'-3 3 4" " CTN20 1' " 1'-5 3 4" " CTN24 1' " 1'-7 3 4" " CTN28 1' " 1'-9 3 4" " CTN30 1' " 1' " " CTN34 Unobstructed Glass (Full Chord) " " " Radius " 24" 24" 20210, 2032, 2036, 20310, 2042, 2046, 20410, 2052, 2056, 20510, 2062, 2072, , 2432, 2436, 24310, 2442, 2446, 24410, 2452, 2456, 24510, 2462, 2472, " 11" 5 3 4" 28210, 2832, 2836, 28310, 2842, 2846, 28410, 2852, 2856, 28510, 2862, 2872, 2876 FCD " 9 5 8" 4 3 8" 30210, 3032, 3036, 30310, 3042, 3046, 30410, 3052, 3056, 30510, 3062, 3072, 3076 FCD30 1' " 1'-0 5 8" " 34210, 3432, 3436, 34310, 3442, 3446, 34410, 3452, 3456, 34510, 3462, 3472, 3476 FCD34 Table of Circle Top, Quarter Round, and Full Chord Window Sizes Casement/Awning Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-7 1 2" 2' " Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 2'-8" 3'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " " " " 1'-2 3 8" 1'-2 7 8" 9 3 4" CTC1 1'-4 1 2" 1'-5" " CTCW1 1'-6 " 1'-6 1 2" " CTCX1 1'-8 1 4" 1'-8 3 4" " CTCXW1 Compatible double-hung, casement, awning, and picture windows are shown below 2'-0 1 8" 2'-0 5 8" " C12, C125, C13, C135, C14, C145, C15, C155, C16, CTR2010, AR21, AN21, A21, AW21, A212, A213 CTQC1 2'-4 3 8" 2'-4 7 8" " CW12, CW125, CW13, CW135, CW14, CW145, CW15, CW155, CW16, CTR2410, AR251, AN251, A251, AW251, AX251 CTQCW1 2'-7 1 2" 2'-8" " CX125, CX13, CX135, CX14, CX145, CX15, CX155, CX16, CTR2810, AR281, AN281, A281, AW281, AX281, AXW281 CTQCX1 2' " 1'-1 3 8" 3'-0 1 2" 1'-1 7 8" " Unobstructed Glass (Full Chord) Radius " CXW13, CXW135, CXW14, CXW145, CXW15, CXW155, CXW16, P3030, P3035, P3040, P3045, P3050, P3055, P3060, AR31, AN31, A31, AW31, AX31, A335, AP32, A312, A313, PA3050, PA3060, AXW31, AXW312 CTQA " " FCCXW3 shaped windows. Divided light patterns shown on page 124. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. Double-Hung Circle Top Glass Casement Circle Top Glass Quarter Round Glass Full Chord Glass Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. CTN Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. CTC1 1.0 Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. CTQC1 1.9 Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. FCD CTN CTCW1 1.5 CTQCW1 3.0 FCD CTN CTCXW1 2.7 CTQA3 5.2 FCD CTN CTC2 5.1 CTQCX1 3.8 FCD CTN CTCW2 7.3 FCCXW CTN CTC FCC CTN CTCX1 2.0 FCCW CTCX2 9.3 FCFW FCFW

89 3'-9 5 8" 5' " 6' " 3' " 5'-7 7 8" 6'-3 7 8" " " " " Radius 10" 4 3 4" " 3'-0" 3'-0 1 2" 31" , , , , , , , , , , , , CTN28-2 3'-4" 3'-4 1 2" " , , , , , , , , , , , , CTN30-2 Compatible double-hung, casement, awning, and picture windows are shown below shaped windows. 400 Series Specialty Windows 38210, 3832, 3836, 38310, 3842, 3846, 38410, 3852, 3856, 38510, 3862, 3872, 3876 FCD38 Divided light patterns shown on page '-0" 4'-8 1 2" 5'-2 3 4" 5' " 4'-0 1 2" 4'-9" 5'-3 1 4" 6'-0 3 8" " " " " 2' " " 2'-2 7 8" " " Unobstructed Glass (Full Chord) Radius 6" CTR4010, CTR22010, C22, C225, C23, C235,C24, C245, C25, C255, AR41, AN41, A41, AW41, AX41, AXW41, AR221,AN221, A221, AW221, AP42V, AP4060, P4030, P4035, P4040, P4045, P4050, P4055, P4060, PTR4010, CTC2 FCC2 2' " 2'-7 1 8" " CTR4810, CTR22410, CW22, CW225, CW23, CW235, CW24, CW245, CW25, CW255, CW26, AR2251, AN2251, A2251, AW2251, AX2251 CTCW " " " 36" 1' " 1'-2 1 4" 9" FCCW2 2'-9 5 8" 2' " 29" CTR5210, CTR22810, CX23, CX235, CX24, CX245, CX25, AR2281, AN2281, A2281, AW2281, AX2281, AX2281 CTCX2 3'-2 1 4" 3'-2 3 4" " CTR6010, CRT32010, C32, C325, C33, C335, C34, C345, C35, C355, C36, P6030, P6035, P6040, P6045, P6050, AR61, AN61, A61, AW61, AX61, AXW61, AR321, AN321, A321, AW3231, PTR6010 CTC3 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building Elliptical Glass Circle & Oval Glass Gothic & Octagon Glass Monumental Quarter Round and Full Round Glass Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. ET6 4.3 Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. CIR Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. GT Window Number Glass Sq.Ft. QR ET8 8.0 CIR GT FR CIR GT FR OVL GT OVL OC OVL OC OC

90 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Table of Full Chord Window Sizes Patio Doors Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 4' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 4' " 5' " Compatible patio doors are Unobstructed Glass " " shown below shaped windows. Radius 36" 48" Divided light patterns shown 1' " 1'-4 1 8" " FCFW " 1'-4 3 8" " FCFW60 below. FWG5068, FWG50611, FWG5080, FWH5068, FWH50611, FWH5080, FWO5068, FWO50611, FWO5080, NLGD5068, NLGD50611, NLGD5080, PS5068, ISPD5068, ISPD50611, ISPD5076, ISPD5080 FWG6068, FWG60611, FWG6080, FWH6068, FWH60611, FWH6080, FWO6068, FWO60611, FWO6080, NLGD6068, NLGD60611, NLGD6080, ISPD6068, ISPD60611, ISPD6076, ISPD6080 Table of Elliptical Window Sizes Patio Doors Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 5' " 7' " Minimum Rough Opening 6'-0" 8'-0" Unobstructed Glass " " 1'-4 3 4" 1'-5 3 8" " ET6 1'-9" 1'-9 5 8" " ET8 FWG6068, FWG60611, FWG6080, FWH6068, FWH60611, FWH6080, FWO6068, FWO60611, FWO6080, NLGD6068, NLGD60611, NLGD6080, ISID6068, ISID60611, ISID6076, ISID6080 FWG8068, FWG80611, FWG8080, FWH8068, FWH80611, FWH8080, NLGD8068, NLGD80611, NLGD8080 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. Divided Light Patterns Renaissance Colonial Renaissance Sunburst Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Full Chord Circle Oval Gothic Circle Top & Quarter Round Elliptical Monumental Quarter Round Specialty window patterns may not align with picture windows patterns when horizontally joined. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Octagon Monumental Circle 124 Custom Pattern Examples

91 Table of Circle Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Table of Oval Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2' " Window Dimension 1'-7 3 4" 2'-0" 3'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 3'-0 1 2" Minimum Rough Opening 1'-8 1 4" 2'-0 1 2" 3'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " 24" " Unobstructed Glass " " " CIR20 CIR24 CIR30 2'-4 3 8" 2'-4 7 8" 24" OVL1824 2' " 3'-0 1 2" " OVL2030 4'-8 1 2" 4'-9" " OVL Series Specialty Windows Oval windows can be installed either vertically or horizontally. OVL1824 Key Block Dowel Circle, oval, gothic, octagon and monumental glass area tables shown on page 123. Key Component Typical Andersen key block kit installation. Divided light patterns shown on page 124. Table of Gothic Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2' " 4'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 3'-0 1 2" 4'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " " " " 3'-6" Radius 3'-6 1 2" " Chord Height Shoulder Height " " " " 36" 48" 4'-0" 4'-0 1 2" " " " 4'-6" 4'-6 1 2" GT2036 GT2440 GT3046 GT " " 36" 5'-6" 5'-6 1 2" " " 48" Table of Octagon Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 2'-0" 2'-4" 3'-0" Table of Monumental Quarter & Full Round Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 4'-0" 4'-0" 6'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 1 2" 2'-4 1 2" 3'-0 1 2" Minimum Rough Opening 4'-0 1 2" 4'-0 1 2" 6'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " " " Unobstructed Glass " " " Radius 48" 24" 36" OC20 OC24 OC30 "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. QR40 FR40 FR60 125

92 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Double-Hung Circle Top Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Casement/Awning Circle Top Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Casement/Awning Quarter Round Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) " (116) Width " (33) " (116) Width Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head 2 5 8" (67) 2 3 8" (60) Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head 2 1 4" (57) Andersen Extension s 2 1 4" (57) Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head 2 1 4" (57) Andersen Extension s 2 1 8" (54) Sill Sill Sill Vertical Section Vertical Section Vertical Section Full Chord Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Gothic Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Octagon Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Flexible Drip Cap by Others Flexible Drip Cap by Others Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Sill Sill Vertical Section Vertical Section Vertical Section 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Min. Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Min. Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 126

93 Elliptical Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Circle Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Oval Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) 4 1 2" (114) " (33) " (116) Width " (33) " (116) Width Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill 2 1 2" (64) 2" (51) Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Andersen Key Block Standard Andersen Transition Block Andersen Extension s and Transition Pieces Andersen Interior Arch Casing and Transition Pieces Vertical Section Vertical Section Vertical Section Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Andersen Key Block Standard Andersen Transition Block Andersen Extension s and Transition Pieces Andersen Interior Arch Casing and Transition Pieces 400 Series Specialty Windows Monumental Quarter Round Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Monumental Full Round Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Flexible Drip Cap by Others Flexible Drip Cap by Others Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Sill Vertical Section Vertical Section 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Min. Rough Opening Width 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Min. Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Horizontal Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 127

94 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Horizontal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Casement Circle Top over Casement Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 5 8". Double-Hung Circle Top over Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 0" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 3 8". Unit Dim. 1 8" (3) 2 5 8" (67) 2 7 8" (73) 4 7 8" (124) Unit Dim. Unit Dim. Unit Dim. Vertical Section Vertical Section Double-Hung Circle Top over Narroline Double-Hung Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights minus 3 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height minus 5 16". Elliptical Window over Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Overall Unit Dimension Height Sum of individual unit heights plus 1 8". Overall Rough Opening Height Overall unit dimension height plus 1". -3 8" (-10) Unit Dim. Unit Dim " (124) Unit Dim. 1 8" (3) Unit Dimension 8 1 4" (210) Vertical Section Vertical Section Elliptical Window over Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door Overall Unit Dimension Height Sum of individual unit heights plus 3 8". Overall Rough Opening Height Overall unit dimension height plus 5 8". Elliptical Window over Perma-Shield Gliding Patio Door Overall Unit Dimension Height Sum of individual unit heights plus 3 8". Overall Rough Opening Height Overall unit dimension height plus 5 8". 3 8" (10) Unit Dim. Unit Dimension " (214) 3 8" (10) Unit Dim. Unit Dimension 6 3 4" (171) Vertical Section Vertical Section For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 128

95 Custom Arch Windows Design Criteria Listed below are some factors that must be considered when deciding on a custom arch size and shape. For specific design criteria, joining guidelines and order information, contact your Andersen supplier. Arch Unequal Leg Arch Partial Chord Andersen offers even greater design flexibility with customdimensioned arches, unequal leg arches and partial chords along with expanded arch capabilites to achieve Springline window expressions. Custom arch windows can be designed using one of 10 standard radii, further expanding the existing line of 90 standard sizes of Andersen arch windows. Do all calculations in inches to 3 decimal places Order extension jambs along with windows for correct sizing Design windload considerations may affect spacing dimensions and patterns All units are stationary Maximum standard glass area of 60 sq. ft. Ten standard radii (18 3 4", 2', ", ", 3', 4', 5', 6', 8' and 16') 400 Series Specialty Windows Springline Window Expressions 16' Radius for Combinations Maximum radii (based on available radius piece length, contact supplier for specific information) Maximum equal leg width (36 3 / 4 " for 18 3 / 4 " radius to 12' for 16' radius) Maximum unequal leg width (18 3 / 4 " for 18 3 / 4 " radius to 11'-2" for 16' radius) Maximum partial chord width (18 3 / 4 " for 18 3 / 4 " radius to 11'-5 1 / 2 " for 16' radius) Only one dimension, height or width, can exceed 7'-0" No height dimension greater than 12'-0" No leg dimension less than 6" Custom arch shapes and sizes are specially constructed to be used FEET in combination with other Andersen windows including casement, awning, double-hung, gliding and Flexiframe windows and hinged or gliding patio doors "R 2'R "R Color coordinate with any project. Arches are available in White, "R Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors. Andersen divided light is available for most styles and sizes. Contact your supplier for availability. 5'R 6'R 3'R 8'R 4'R 16'R Colonial Renassiance "R (3'-0 3 4") 2'R (3' ") "R (5'-3 3 4") "R (5'-7 3 4") 3'R (5' ) 4'R (7' ") 5'R (5'-0") 6'R (6'-0 5 8") 8'R (8'-0 1 8") 16'R (12') Standard Radii for Custom Arch Maximum Width for Equal Leg Arch. 129

96 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Table of Archtop Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Width Dimension 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2' " 4'-0" Notes on the next page also apply to this page. 4'-8 1 2" 4' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 3'-0 1 2" 4'-0 1 2" 4'-9" 4' " 5' " Unobstructed Glass " " " " " " " Window height shown in table Minimum Rough Opening = window height + 1 2" Unobstructed Glass = window height 4 3 4" CUSTOM SIZES AVAILALBLE CUSTOM SIZES AVAILALBLE Radius 2' 2' 3' 4' 5' 5' 6' Chord Height Shoulder Height 12" 6" 2'-0 1 8" 2' " 3' " 3 1 4" 9 1 4" 1'-3 1 4" 2'-3 3 8" 3' " 3' " AFC106 AFCW106 AFCP3006 AFC206 AFCW206 AFFW5006 AFFW6006 AFC11 AFCW11 AFCP301 AFC21 AFCW21 AFFW501 AFFW601 AFC12 AFCW12 AFCP302 AFC22 AFCW22 AFFW502 AFFW602 AFC13 AFCW13 AFCP303 AFC23 AFCW2 AFFW503 AFFW603 AFC " 1' " 2' " 3'-4 3 4" 3'-9 5 8" " AFCW " " 1' " 2' " 3' " 3' " AFCP3035 AFC235 AFCW235 AFFW5035 AFFW6035 AFC14 AFCW14 AFCP304 AFC24 AFCW24 AFFW504 AFFW604 4' " 4' " 4'-9 5 8" 4' " 4' " 4' " 5'-0 5 8" 5'-2 1 4" 4'-0" 4'-4 1 4" 4' " 1' " 4' " 2' " 3'-6 3 8" 3' " " 1' " " " " 4' " 2' " 3'-7" 3' " 4' " 4' " 4' " 1' " 2' " 3'-7 3 4" 4'-0 5 8" 1' " 2' " 3'-9 3 8" 4'-2 1 4" AFC145 AFCW145 AFCP3045 AFC245 AFCW245 AFFW5045 AFFW6045 AFC15 AFCW15 AFCP305 AFC25 AFCW25 AFFW505 AFFW605 AFC155 AFCW155 AFCP3055 AFC255 AFCW255 AFFW5055 AFFW6055 AFC16 AFCW16 AFCP306 AFC26 AFCW26 AFFW506 AFFW606 8'-0 1 8" 8'-3 3 8" 8' " 8' " 8' " 8' " 8' " 8' " 5' " 6'-3 1 8" 6' " 6' " 6' " 6' " 6' " 6' " 5' " 1' " 1' " 1' " 1' " 5' " 5'-9 5 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 6'-0 5 8" 6'-2 1 4" 4' " 5'-3 1 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 130 AFC18 AFCW18 AFCP308 AFC28 AFCW28 AFFW508 AFFW608*

97 7' " 11'-9" 7' " 11'-9 1 2" " " 1'-6 5 8" 5' " 5'-0 5 8" 4' " 4' " 3'-0 3 4" 2'-0 5 8" " 8' 16' AFFW8006 AFFW801 AFFW802 AFFW803 AFFW8035 AFFW " 1' " 2' " 3' " AFFW12006 AFFW1201 AFFW1202 Divided light patterns shown on page 134. Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Archtop Window Glass Window Number Glass Overall Window AFC /4" 0.7 AFC11 1'-3 3 / 4" 1.6 AFC12 2'-3 7 /8" 3.4 AFC13 3'-3 3 / 4" 5.1 AFC135 3'-8 5 /8" 5.8 AFC14 4'-3 3 / 4" 6.8 AFC145 4'-8 5 /8" 7.5 AFC15 5'-3 5 / 8" 8.5 AFC155 5'-8 5 /8" 9.2 AFC16 6'-3 5 /8" 10.3 AFC18 8'-3 7 /8" 13.8 AFCW / 4" 1.1 AFCW11 1'-5 1 / 4" 2.1 AFCW12 2'-5 3 /8" 4.2 AFCW13 3'-5 1 /8" 6.3 AFCW135 3'-10" 7.1 AFCW14 4'-5 1 / 4" 8.4 AFCW145 4'-10" 9.2 Archtop Window Glass Window Number Glass Overall Window AFCW21 1'-7 5 /8" 5.1 AFCW22 2'-7 3 / 4" 9.5 AFCW23 3'-7 1 /2" 13.9 AFCW235 4'-0 3 / 8" 15.7 AFCW24 4'-7 5 /8" 18.3 AFCW245 5'-0 3 / 8" 20.1 AFCW25 5'-7 1 /2" 22.7 AFCW255 6'-0 3 / 8" 24.6 AFCW26 6'-7 1 /2" 27.2 AFCW28 8'-7 3 /4" 36.1 AFFW5006 1'-2 3 /8" 3.2 AFFW501 1'-8 3 / 8" 5.5 AFFW502 2'-8 1 / 2" 10.3 AFFW503 3'-8 1 /4" 14.8 AFFW5035 4'-1 1 /8" 16.7 AFFW504 4'-8 3 /8" 19.5 AFFW5045 5'-1 1 / 8" 21.4 AFFW505 5'-8 1 /4" Series Specialty Windows AFFW8045 AFCW15 5'-5 1 / 8" 10.4 AFCW155 5'-10" 11.3 AFFW5055 6'-1 1 / 8" 26.1 AFFW506 6'-8 1 /4" 28.8 AFCW16 6'-5 1 / 8" 12.5 AFFW508 8'-8 1 / 2" '-0 1 2" 6' " 6'-0 1 2" AFFW805 AFFW8055* AFCW18 8'-5 3 /8" 16.8 AFCP / 8" 1.4 AFCP301 1'-5 3 /8" 2.8 AFCP302 2'-5 1 / 2" 5.5 AFCP303 3'-5 1 / 4" 8.2 AFCP3035 3'-10 1 / 8" 9.3 AFCP304 4'-5 3 /8" 10.9 AFCP3045 4'-10 1 / 8" 12.0 AFCP305 5'-5 1 / 4" 13.6 AFCP3055 5'-10 1 / 8" 14.7 AFCP306 6'-5 1 / 4" 16.3 AFCP308 8'-5 1 / 2" 21.8 AFC206 1'-1" 2.2 AFC21 1'-7" 4.1 AFC22 2'-7 1 / 8" 7.8 AFFW6006 1'-4" 4.4 AFFW601 1'-10" 7.2 AFFW602 2'-10 1 /8" 12.9 AFFW603 3'-9 7 / 8" 18.5 AFFW6035 4'-2 3 / 4" 20.8 AFFW604 4'-10" 24.2 AFFW6045 5'-2 3 /4" 26.5 AFFW605 5'-9 7 / 8" 29.8 AFFW6055 6'-2 3 / 4" 32.1 AFFW606 6'-9 7 / 8" 35.5 AFFW608 8'-10 1 / 8" 46.9 AFFW8006 1'-7 1 / 8" 7.3 AFFW801 2'-1 1 /8" 11.1 AFFW802 3'-1 1 / 4" 18.8 AFFW803 4'-1 1 / 8" 26.4 AFC23 3'-6 7 / 8" 11.5 AFFW8035 4'-6" 29.5 AFFW806* AFC235 3'-11 3 / 4" 13.0 AFC24 4'-7" 15.2 AFFW804 5'-1 1 / 8" 34.1 AFFW8045 5'-6" 37.1 AFC245 4'-11 3 /4" 16.7 AFFW805 6'-1" 41.6 AFC25 5'-6 7 / 8" 18.9 AFFW8055 6'-6" 44.8 *Tempered glass standard. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. AFC255 5'-11 3 /4" 20.4 AFC26 6'-6 7 /8" 22.6 AFC28 8'-7 1 /8" 30.2 AFCW206 1'-1 5 /8" 2.8 AFFW806 7'-1" 49.3 AFFW '-8 1 /8" 9.9 AFFW1201 2'-2 1 /8" 15.6 AFFW1202 3'-2 1 /4"

98 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Table of Springline Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Width Dimension 3'-1 1 2" 4'-0" 5'-4 1 2" 5'-8 1 2" 5' " 6'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 3'-2" 4'-0 1 2" 5'-5" 5'-9" 5' " 6'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " " " " " " CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Radius " 24" " " " 36" Window height shown in table Chord Height " 24" " " " 36" Minimum Rough Opening = window height + 1 2" Unobstructed Glass = window height 4 3 4" CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Shoulder Height 6" 12" 2'-0 1 8" 2' " 3' " 4'-0" 5'-6 3 4" 4' " 4' " 3'-6 7 8" 2'-6 3 4" 2'-0 3 4" SE3106 SE311 SE312 SE313 SE3135 6'-0" 5' " 4' " 4'-0 1 8" SP402 SP403 SP4035 SE5406 SE541 SE542 SE543 SE5435 SE5806 SE581 SE582 SE583 SE5835 ELFW6006 ELFW601 ELFW602 Notes on the next page also apply to this page. Additional heights on page 134. SE6006 SE601 SE602 SE603 SE6035 SE314 SP404 SE544 SE584 SE604 4' " 5' " SE3145 SP4045 SE5445 SE5845 SE6045 4' " 6'-5 3 4" 6'-11" 7'-7 1 4" 7'-9 1 4" 6'-8 1 4" 6' " 5' " 4'-8 3 8" 3'-8 1 4" 3'-2 1 4" 7'-11" 6'-4" 7'-0 1 4" 6' " 6' " 5' " 4' " 3' " 3'-4 1 4" 3' " 7'-2 1 4" 7'-4" 7'-0" 6' " 5' " 5'-0 1 8" 4'-0" 3'-6" 3' " 4' " 132 SE315 SP405 SE545 SE585 continued on next two pages SE605*

99 400 SERIES Springline Window Glass 7' " 7' " 8'-0" 8'-0 1 2" Window Number Glass Overall Window SE3106 2'-1 1 /4" 3.74 SE311 2'-7 1 / 4" " " SE312 3'-7 3 /8" 7.86 SE313 4'-7 1 /4" SE3135 5'-0 1 /8" " " 48" 48" Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" increments. Extension jambs are SE314 5'-7 1 / 4" SE3145 6'-0 1 /8" SE315 6'-7 1 /8" SE3155 7'-0 1 / 8" SE316 7'-7 1 /8" SE5406 3'-2 3 /4" SE541 3'-8 3 /4" Series Specialty Windows 3' " ELFW8006 4'-6" SP8006 available factory-applied when ordered at the same time as Springline SE542 4'-8 7 / 8" SE543 5'-8 3 /4" SE5435 6'-1 5 /8" SE544 6'-8 3 /4" ' " 4' " ELFW801 6'-0 1 8" 5'-0" SP801 windows. Divided light patterns shown on page 134. SE5445 7'-1 5 /8" SE545 7'-8 5 / 8" SE5455 8'-1 5 /8" SE546 8'-8 5 / 8" SE5806 3'-4 3 /4" SE581 3'-10 3 / 4" SE582 4'-10 7 /8" SE583 5'-10 3 / 4" SE5835 6'-3 5 /8" SE584 6'-10 3 /4" ELFW802 SP802 SE5845 7'-3 5 /8" SE585 7'-10 5 / 8" SE5855 8'-3 5 / 8" SE586 8'-10 5 /8" SE6006 3'-6 1 /2" SE601 4'-0 1 /2" SE602 5'-0 5 / 8" SE603 6'-0 1 /2" SE6035 6'-5 3 / 8" SE604 7'-0 1 /2" SE6045 7'-5 3 / 8" SE605 8'-0 3 /8" SE6055 8'-5 3 / 8" SE606 9'-0 3 /8" SP402 4'-0 5 / 8" SP403 5'-0 1 / 2" SP4035 5'-5 3 / 8" SP404 6'-0 1 /2" SP4045 6'-5 3 / 8" SP405 7'-0 3 / 8" SP4055 7'-5 3 / 8" SP406 8'-0 3 / 8" SP8006 4'-6 1 / 2" SP801 5'-0 1 / 2" SP802 6'-0 5 /8" ELFW6006 3'-1 3 / 8" ELFW601 3'-7 3 / 8" ELFW602 4'-7 1 /2" ELFW8006 4'-0 1 / 8" ELFW801 4'-6 1 /8" ELFW802 5'-6 1 / 4" "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page

100 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Table of Springline Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) (continued) Window Width Dimension 3'-1 1 2" 4'-0" 5'-4 1 2" 5'-8 1 2" 6'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 3'-2" 4'-0 1 2" 5'-5" 5'-9" 6'-0 1 2" Unobstructed Glass " " " " " CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Radius " 24" " " 36" Window height shown in table Chord Height " 24" " " 36" Minimum Rough Opening = window height + 1 2" Unobstructed Glass = window height 4 3 4" CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Shoulder Height 5' " 5' " 6' " 7'-5 3 4" SE3155 7'-4" 7'-11" SP4055 8'-0 1 4" 8'-7 1 4" SE5455 8'-2 1 4" 8'-9 1 4" SE5855* Table is continued from page 132. Custom-size windows are available in 1 8" 8'-11" 8'-4" SE6055* SE316 SP406 SE546* SE586* increments. SE606* *Tempered glass standard. "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Extension jambs are available factory-applied when ordered at the same time as Springline windows. Divided light patterns shown below. Divided Light Patterns Colonial Renaissance Sunburst Number of lights and overall pattern varies with window size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Archtop Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Springline Springline Flanker Custom Pattern Examples 134

101 Table of Springline Flanker Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Window Dimension 1'-5" 1'-5" 1'-8 1 2" 1'-8 1 2" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-0 1 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2'-4 3 8" 2' " 2' " Minimum Rough Opening 1'-5 1 2" 1'-5 1 2" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-0 5 8" 2'-0 5 8" 2'-4 7 8" 2'-4 7 8" 3'-0 1 2" 3'-0 1 2" 4'-0" 3' " 2' " Unobstructed Glass 4'-0 1 2" 3'-5 3 8" 3'-0 1 2" " " " " " " " " " " " " " CR CN C CW CXW Radius " 24" " " 36" C4 C35 C3 Shoulder Height " 24" " " 36" " " " " " 9 5 8" " " " 16" 12" To order Springline flanker windows contact your Andersen supplier. Custom window dimensions shown in table are compatible with standard casement window widths (CR, CN, C, CW, CXW) and heights (C3, C4, C5, C6). Divided light patterns shown on page 134. Examples: C5 SFL CR6 CR12 SP406 A41 SFR CR6 CR12 5' " 6'-0 3 8" " C " 400 Series Specialty Windows 4' " 5'-0 3 8" " " " " " " " " " " "Window Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. CR13 CR13 SFL SFR CXW6 CXW6 AXW31 AXW31 CR13 CR13 Archtop Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Springline Window Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Minimum Rough Opening Height Flexible Drip Cap by Others Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Vertical Section Andersen Arch Casing and Extension s 1 4" (6) Unit Dimension Width 1 4" (6) Min. Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Flexible Drip Cap by Others Min. Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Sill Vertical Section 135

102 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Flexiframe Window Shapes and Sizes Minimum and Maximum Limits Flexiframe windows Maximum standard glass area of 60 sq. ft. may be assembled in Square footage is based on a square or rectangular shape No angle may be less than 14 almost any shape or size No leg may be less than 6" or greater than 144" with these limitations: No short leg may be greater than 84" See product information below for additional limitations based on specific shapes Triangle Parallelogram Rectangle Pentagon Leg Width Min. Width Height Width Right Triangles contain one 90 corner. Specify length of both legs extending from the 90 corner. Pitch Horizontal/Vertical Parallelograms contain two pairs of parallel sides. Specify length of vertical and horizontal legs and pitch. Unit Width Leg Length Width Width Height Height Max. Height Max. Sill Width Min. Height Angled Pentagon contain an angle cut, or a "cut-off corner" sloping to left or right. Specify width at head, width at sill, height on short side and height on long side. Isosceles Trigangles contain two sides of equal length and equal angle. Specify length of leg at sill & window height (sill to peak). Hexagon Equal Leg Sill Width Sill to Peak Height Equilateral Hexagons contain six equal angles and sides. Specify length of one leg. Diamonds contain two pairs of parallel and equal length sides. Specify by window width and window height. Octagon Equal Leg Unit Height Equilateral Octagons contain eight equal angles and sides. Specify length of one leg. Standard octagons sizes are available in 2', 2'-4" and 3', see page 125. Rectangles contain four equal angles and either two or four equal sides. Include both squares and rectangles. Specify window width and height. Trapezoid Max. Height Max. Height Sill Width Min. Height Side Height Min. Height Sill Width Sill to Peak Height Peaked Pentagon contain sides of equal length, extending at right angles from the sill, and two angled sides, of equal length, that peak above center of sill. Specify window width at sill, height of one vertical leg, and window height from sill to peak. Vertical Leg Unit Height Unequal Hexagons contain three pairs of angles and two sets of equal length legs. Unequal leg at head of unit is parallel to and is centered over unequal leg at sill. Specify length of leg at sill and head, one vertical leg and window height. Sill Width Sloped to Left or Sloped to Right contain angle face cut to left or right. Specify window width at sill, window height, and length of short side. Slope is often designed to match a roof's slope. 136

103 Flexiframe Window Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Glazing Sealant Glass Stop Combination Examples 1 3 8" (35) " (33) 2 7 8" (73) Sill Horizontal Section 1 3 8" Trim Stop (included in factory set up) 2" Trim Stop Also Available Andersen Extension Installation Flange 400 Series Specialty Windows Extension Alignment Method A is used when picture frame trimming is desired in the following applications: archtop or Flexiframe over casement windows, awning over, under, or next to casement windows, or awning next to archtop and Flexiframe windows. Method B is used for all other conditions such as when a continuous uninterrupted extension jamb is desired or when no extension jambs are used (i.e. only joining trim is used). Casement Auxiliary Extension Available in 4' and 6' Lengths, ", 5 1 4", ", or 7 1 8" Widths Casement 1 4" (6) Filler Strip (by others) Modified Andersen Extension Aligned Without Tongue for Groove Vertical (ribbon) Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Window Dimension Width Sum of individual window widths plus 3 16" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall window dimension width plus 1 2". Andersen Wood Casing Andersen Wood Joining Strip Andersen Trim Strip Set in Continuous Bead of Sealant Each Side Horizontal joining on next page " (35) 1 3 8" (35) 3 16" (5) Section Flexiframe over Flexiframe For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Flexiframe Method A Flexiframe Method B Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 137

104 SPECIALTY WINDOWS Horizonal (stack) Non-Reinforced Joining Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Flexiframe over Flexiframe Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 3 16" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". Flexiframe over Casement Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 3 16" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". 3 16" (5) Vertical Section Andersen Wood Casing Andersen Wood Joining Strip Andersen Trim Strip Set in Continuous Bead of Sealant Each Side 1 3 8" (35) 3 16" (5) 1 3 8" (35) Vertical Section Wood Casing by Others Andersen Wood Joining Strip Andersen Trim Strip Set in Continuous Bead of Sealant Each Side Flexiframe over Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 8" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". Flexiframe over Narroline Double-Hung WIndow Overall Window Dimension Height Sum of individual window heights plus 1 2" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Height Overall window dimension height plus 1 2". Andersen 2 3 8" Wood Casing Andersen Extension 1 8" (3) Andersen Trim Strip Set in Continuous Bead of Sealant Each Side Vertical Section Unit Dim. Unit Dim. 0" Andersen 2 3 8" Wood Casing Andersen Extension Andersen Aluminum Trim Piece Unit Dim. Unit Dim. 1 2" (13) 0" Vertical Section Vertical joining on previous page. For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Separate Rough Opening Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Light-colored areas are parts included with window. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete window assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindow.com. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. Glazing Sealant 1 3 8" (26) Nailing Flange Adequate Headers Glass Stop 1 3 8" Sash Stop (included in factory set up) 2" Sash Stop Also Available Andersen Extension Wood Casing by Others Andersen Extension s Structure and Anchorage by Others Andersen Wood Filler " (97) Andersen Trim Vertical Section Flexiframe and Perma-Shield Gliding 1 3 8" (35) 2" (51) 1 3 8" (35) Horizontal Section Flexiframe and Awning Strip Set in Continuous Bead of Sealant each Side 138

105 Andersen Art Glass

106 ART GLASS Features Glass Patterns FRAME PATTERN DETAILS Visit andersenwindows.com/artglass or contact your Andersen supplier to find more information including detailed art glass patterns for specific unit sizes. CLASSIC SERIES * ARTISAN SERIES ** For most units, Andersen art glass panel kits include pine and laminated maple trim to give each installation a finished appearance. Panels are edged with steel-reinforced zinc caming for stability. Caming finish options are available in antique (bronze), bright goldtone or silvertone. AVAILABILITY Each design can be ordered in many shapes and sizes. Andersen art glass panels are sized to fit Andersen casement, awning, Circle Top, elliptical, circle, oval, arch, Flexiframe, double-hung transom and picture windows, Frenchwood hinged patio doors, Frenchwood patio door sidelights and Frenchwood patio door transoms. GLASS Designs are offered in several standard color palettes, or choose from the many optional colors for glass and accent jewels to create your own unique color combinations. INSTALLATION Panels are secured with polypropylene, snap-lock installation brackets. Victoria Violet, deep rose, deep green and amber (jewels) Lotus Light green, amber (jewels) and green (jewels) Victoria Light green, lilac, light blue, pink (jewels) and lilac (jewels) Lotus Sand and pink (jewels) Harmonics Opal, sage and clear bevels (right orientation) Affinity No color, clear bevels (right orientation) PACKAGE INCLUDES Andersen art glass panel, certificate of authenticity, installation brackets, wood trim pieces (where applicable), brass screws and complete installation and cleaning instructions. Andersen art glass panel Made under an agreement with the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation, the four art glass designs which comprise the Frank Lloyd Wright Series combine the beauty of Wright s design with the Andersen com mit ment to quality. Each design is available in a com bi na tion of clear and colored glass, or clear glass only and a wide range of sizes and shapes. Regency Sand, deep teal, topaz, copper and smoke (jewels) Regency Deep rose, deep green, rose and opal amber (jewels) COLOR OPTIONS Visit andersenwindows.com/ artglass for detailed information on color options for each glass. In addition, Andersen gives you a choice of antique, silvertone or bright goldtone caming, the ornamental material used to hold sections of decorative glass in place. * Classic Series glass patterns are also available with semi-privacy glass or clear antique glass in place of colored glass (except where indicated). ** Artisan Series glass patterns are available in left or right orientations (as viewed from the exterior). NOTE: Andersen art glass panel patterns vary based on window size and shape. Please visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for complete pattern information. Colors used in the Frank Lloyd Wright Series will vary from photos and actual glass samples due to the unique character of the mouthblown glass. Colors in the Classic Series and Artisan Series may also vary. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information. Taos Dusty coral, copper, sand, deep rose, deep teal and lilac (jewels) Taos Peach, copper, rose, lilac, light blue and pink (jewels) Colonnade Marbled white and marbled yellow-green Eucalyptus Caramel, cobalt and teal Diamond Lights Clear fan-shaped bevels Prairie Rhythm Iridized green and opal 140 Wichita Caramel, marbled green and marbled white All of the Frank Lloyd Wright Series glass patterns are also available with clear glass. This Frank Lloyd Wright Collection product is authorized by the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation, Taliesin West, Scottsdale, Arizona, U.S.A. Frank Lloyd Wright, Frank Lloyd Wright Collection and the Frank Lloyd Wright signature are trademarks of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation and are used with permission. A portion of the proceeds from this product supports the conservation and education programs of the Foundation.

107 400 Series & 200 Series Exterior Trim SECTION REFERENCE Brick Mould Detail ½" & 4 ½" Flat Detail Sill Nose Detail " & 3 5 /8" Cornice Detail Decorative Drip Cap Detail Mull Cover Detail

108 WINDOW & DOOR EXTERIOR TRIM Features A For exceptional long-lasting* performance, exterior trim is made from patented Fibrex material with low-maintenance exterior finish. B Sill nose profile, made from Fibrex material, is placed at the sill for a traditional look. C B A D C Ridged vinyl exterior trim field attachment strips allow the trim to be securely fastened to the home. D All end caps are securely fastened with stainless steel screws. *For details, go to andersenwindows.com/warranty. Profiles Exterior trim is available in four profiles made from our patented Fibrex material. Profiles include 3 1 /2" flat, 4 1 /2" flat, brick mould, and sill nose for the bottom trim piece. Fasteners Screws are made of high quality stainless steel and provide corner joints with a secure, tight fit. End Caps Provide a clean appearance when joining the two trim members. Drip Cap Full length, color matched aluminum drip cap is available with all assembly options. Corner Keys Provide tight alignment of corner joints. Preassembled Trim Surrounds Factory-assembled surrounds install in about five minutes per window and eliminate measuring, cutting, mitering and filling nail holes. Style Options Profiles 2" Brick Mould Dove Gray trim Terratone window Head Trim Options 3 1/2" Flat Dark Bronze trim White window 4 1/2" Flat Canvas trim Forest Green window Three styles are available. All can be used with our flat trim and include an integrated nailing flange. The decorative drip cap is made from our patented cellular Fibrex material. Both the 2" cornice and 3 5 /8" cornice are made from highly durable urethane material. Precut Kits Kits include precut and predrilled trim with all the necessary components for on-site assembly for windows and patio doors up to 12' in width. Individual Trim Components 13-foot prefinished trim lineals, end caps, corner keys, fasteners, metal drip cap and field attachment strip allow for field fabrication and assembly. Other Trim Options Curved Trim Decorative Drip Cap 2" Cornice Made of highly durable urethane material for selected curved shapes. Check your Andersen supplier for availability. 3 5/8" Cornice Colors 3 ½" Flat Cellular Fibrex Trim Board 3 /4" thick in 10' lengths and eleven colors. It can be ripped to size and fastened with screws or nails. Coil Stock Prefinished in eleven colors, our aluminum coil stock allows you to form your own profiles in the field. White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green Black Dark Bronze 142 Cocoa Bean Red Rock Prairie Canvas Dove Gray Grass Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication. See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples.

109 Field Attachment Strip Field attachment strip fastens to framing through the unit installation flange and flashing tape with screws. Trim connects securely to the field attachment strip " (89) 1 1 2" (38) Field applied attachment strip 1 3 4" (44) Unit installation flange Formulas for calculating combined dimension of window plus exterior trim. Add 4 1 4" per side for 4 1 2" Flat Add 3 1 4" per side for 3 1 2" Flat Add 1 3 4" per side for Brick Mould Follow window and patio door Add " for Sill Nose installation guides for flashing instructions. 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Brick Mould Detail Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 1 3 4" (44) 3 1 2" & 4 1 2" Flat Details Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 1 1 2" (38) 1 1 2" (38) Brick Mould 3 1 2" (89) 3 1 2" Flat 4 1 2" (114) 4 1 2" Flat 400 Series & 200 Series Exterior Trim 2" (51) 1 4" (6) 1 4" (6) 1 4" (6) 7 16" (11) 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window 3 16" (5) 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window 3 16" (5) 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Brick mould corner key 3 1 2" and 4 1 2" flat end caps End caps are handed as viewed from the exterior End caps at sill for patio doors See window or door installation guide for complete flashing and installation instructions. 143

110 WINDOW & DOOR EXTERIOR TRIM Sill Nose Detail Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 3 5 8" Cornice Detail Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) " (103) Sill nose end cap 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window 5 8" (16) 3 5 8" (92) 3 5 8" Cornice End caps are handed as viewed from the exterior " (49) 3 16" (5) Sill Nose 1 8" (3) 5 16" (8) 1 7 8" (48) 1 8" (3) " (68) 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Mull Cover Details Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 2" Cornice Detail Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 3 1 4" (83) 3 3 4" mull cover with end caps at sill for patio doors 3 8" (10) 3" (76) 3 3 4" mull cover is available for windows and patio doors installed into separate rough openings to obtain a joined appearance. 3 8" (10) 2" (51) 1 8" (3) 5 16" (8) 1 8" (3) 2" (51) 2" Cornice 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window Decorative Drip Cap Detail Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4) 2 1 4" (57) 3 3 4" Mull Cover 400 Series Double-Hung Window 400 Series Double-Hung Window 15 16" (24) Decorative Drip Cap 4 1 4" (108) See window or door installation guide for complete flashing and installation instructions. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural members between adjacent rough openings " (19) 15 16" (24) 400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Window

111 400 Series Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Door Details Joining Details Door Sidelights & Transoms Combination Designs Performance Data

112 FRENCHWOOD GLIDING PATIO DOORS Features C FRAME A The sill of the Frenchwood gliding patio door has an extruded aluminum track, with a stainless steel cap that resists stain, rust and denting. * A thermal barrier reduces conductive heat loss and checks condensation on the inside. The sill has an attractive wearresistant, heat-baked finish in a neutral gray color. B All basic exterior frame members are covered with a rigid vinyl (PVC) sheath that maintains an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. F G I H E A D B C Wood frame members are treated with a water-repellent preservative for long-lasting * protection and performance. Interior frame trim pieces are unfinished pine. Oak and maple veneer and prefinished white interior options are available. Factory-assembled doors are now available (two-panel doors) and arrive at the jobsite ready to install. Unassembled doors are also available and require jobsite assembly. D A flexible PVC weatherstrip on the side jambs, and a pile weatherstrip on the head, provide a positive seal between the frame and panels. PANEL E The exterior of the wood door panel is protected with a low-maintenance urethane base finish in White, Sandtone, Terratone or Forest Green color. F Panel interior surfaces are unfinished pine veneer. Unfinished oak and maple veneers are available as options. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available on units with White exteriors. G Dual ball bearing rollers on door panels provide smooth gliding operation with selfcontained leveling adjusters. Mortise-and-Tenon Joints Panel joints are mortiseand-tenon with patented dowel construction for maximum strength. Flexible Seal A full-length combination weatherstrip/interlock system provides a flexible seal at the meeting stile. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Exterior Specify a unit exterior and interior finish/veneer option to complete your order. Interior NOTE: Andersen patio doors are not intended for use as entrance doors. White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine oak maple Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors. Hardware Sold Separately. Albany black gold dust stone white Tribeca white stone Anvers bright brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Newbury bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Covington bright brass antique brass oil rubbed bronze Whitmore bright brass antique brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Encino distressed nickel distressed bronze Yuma distressed nickel distressed bronze Bold names denote fi nish shown. Hardware Finishes bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone gold dust black Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. 146 Tribeca and Albany hardware are zinc diecast with powder-coated durable finish. Other hardware is solid forged brass. Mix-and-match interior and exterior style and finish options are available. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes feature a 10-year limited warranty.

113 Accessories Sold Separately. GLASS FRAME HARDWARE INSECT SCREENS GRILLES H Panels are silicone bed glazed and finished with an interior wood stop. I High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 tempered glass Low-E4 SmartSun tempered glass Low-E4 Sun tempered glass Additional glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. LOCKING SYSTEM Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 9 /16". Pine, oak or maple veneer or white interior extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Threshold An oak or maple threshold is available for finishing the interior of the sill on Frenchwood gliding patio doors. Exterior Keyed Lock A six-pin key cylinder lock is available in styles and finishes that coordinate with hardware. This lock allows the gliding door to be locked and unlocked from the exterior. Gliding Insect Screen Gliding insect screens are available for two- and four-panel doors in White, Sandtone, Terratone or Forest Green color baked-on enamel finish. Square corner joint construction adds considerable strength to the frame members, and the long-lasting * fiberglass screen cloth has a charcoal finish. Delrin injection molded bottom rollers with self-contained leveling adjusters provide smooth operation. Interior and exterior pulls and latch are provided. Divided Light Patterns See page 149 for divided light patterns or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles or contact your Andersen supplier. TRANSOMS Andersen Frenchwood patio door transoms feature elegant lines that match our 400 Series Frenchwood gliding patio doors. They feature pine, oak, maple or prefinished white interior options, plus our four standard exterior colors. Size information available on page 173. SIDELIGHTS Stationary units can also be selected for use as sidelights. See size table on page 173 for size options. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. Reachout Locking Hardware The unique Andersen reachout locking system pulls the door panel snugly into the jamb for weathertightness and enhanced security. Frenchwood gliding patio doors (unassembled) are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Ramped Sill Insert Ramped sills provide smooth transition from interior to exterior and can be used with a retractable insect screen, but not a gliding insect screen. Shown here with an Andersen Frenchwood patio door. (Specifier must check with local and federal officials to determine if product meets accessibility codes.) Sill Support An aluminum sill support is designed to lock into a channel under the sill and tie back into the wall. This will offer support to the outermost sill section when needed. Available in neutral gray finish. Auxiliary Foot Lock This gliding door panel auxiliary foot lock provides an extra measure of security when the door is in a locked position. Available in finishes that coordinate with hardware. GLASS Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. Art panels are available for stationary panels, sidelights and transoms. See page 139 for complete details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. Retractable Insect Screen The retractable insect screen is installed on the exterior of the door and opens side-to-side across the width of the opening. When the insect screen is not in use, it neatly retracts into a small canister mounted on the exterior of the door. The retractable insect screen has a long-lasting * fiberglass screen cloth with a charcoal finish. Canisters are available for two-panel patio doors in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green. Please note, retractable screen track reduces clear opening height by 1." CAUTION: Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. NOTE: Andersen patio doors are not intended for use as entrance doors. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation. "Delrin" is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. 400 Series Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors 147

114 FRENCHWOOD GLIDING PATIO DOORS Three Patio Door Heights Door Dimension Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass 6'-7 1 2" 6'-8" " 6' " 6'-11" 66" 7' " 8'-0" " FWG x x 68 FWG x x 611 FWG x x 80 For all four-panel gliding patio doors add 1 / 4 " to the "Minimum Rough Opening" height dimension. Table of Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Door Dimension 2'-8" 4' " 4' " 9'-9" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-8 3 4" 5'-0" 5'-0" 9'-9 3 4" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " Custom-size doors are available in 1 8" increments between the smallest and largest 3 heights standard door sizes. Some restrictions apply. Contact your Andersen supplier for availability. FWG2968S FWG29611S FWG2980S FWG5068L FWG50611L FWG5080L FWG5068R FWG50611R FWG5080R FWG * FWG * FWG * Exterior views shown. Arrow indicates direction of panel operation. Door Dimension Minimum Rough Opening 3'-2" 3'-2 3 4" 5' " 6'-0" 5' " 6'-0" 11'-9" 11'-9 3 4" Stationary (S) doors can be used as an individual unit or as a sidelight. Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " Two-panel doors are available factoryassembled and arrive at the jobsite ready to install. Stormwatch products are not 3 heights available factory-assembled. Divided light patterns shown on page 149. FWG3368S FWG33611S FWG3380S FWG6068L FWG60611L FWG6080L FWG6068R FWG60611R FWG6080R FWG * FWG * FWG * Door Dimension 4'-2" 7' " 7' " 15'-9" Minimum Rough Opening 4'-2 3 4" 8'-0" 8'-0" 15'-9 3 4" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " 3 heights FWG4368S FWG43611S FWG4380S FWG8068L FWG80611L FWG8080L FWG8068R FWG80611R FWG8080R FWG * FWG * FWG * *Add 1 /4" to the "Minimum Rough Opening" height dimension for four-panel doors. "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 33 for more details. 148

115 Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door Opening Specifications Door Number Clear Opening Clear Opening in Full Open Position Width Height Glass Vent Overall Window FWG FWG FWG FWG /8" 75 3 /8" FWG / 8" 75 3 / 8" FWG /8" 75 3 /8" FWG /4" 75 3 /8" FWG /4" 75 3 /8" FWG / 4" 75 3 / 8" FWG FWG FWG FWG / 8" 78 3 / 16" FWG /8" 78 3 /16" FWG /8" 78 3 /16" FWG / 4" 78 3 / 16" FWG /4" 78 3 /16" FWG /4" 78 3 /16" FWG FWG FWG FWG /8" 91 3 /8" FWG /8" 91 3 /8" FWG /8" 91 3 /8" FWG / 4" 91 3 / 8" FWG /4" 91 3 /8" FWG / 4" 91 3 / 8" Divided Light Patterns Prairie A Colonial Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) 400 Series Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors Number of lights and overall pattern varies with panel size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples 149

116 FRENCHWOOD GLIDING PATIO DOORS Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) " (33) " (116) Width 1" (25) 13 16" (21) 4"(102) " (148) " (138) " (138) Head 1 3 4" (44) 1 3 4" (44) " (116) Andersen Oak Threshold " (268) 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) " (33) Andersen Sill Support (optional) Sill 1 4" (6) " (46) Horizontal Section Stationary Vertical Section Stationary Insect Screen " (148) Active Panel Stationary Panel " (116) Width Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height " (268) Head " (33) 3 8" (10) Meeting Stile 3 1 8" 3 1 8" " (138) (79) (79) 5 3 8" (137) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Andersen Sill Support (optional) Sill Andersen Oak Threshold Horizontal Section 2-Panel Vertical Section 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 150

117 Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Stationary Panel Active Panel Active Panel Stationary Panel " (116) Width Left Hand Meeting Stile Astragal Right Hand Meeting Stile " (33) 5 3 8" (137) 3 1 8" (79) 3 1 8" (79) 4 5 8" (117) 4 5 8" 3 1 8" 3 1 8" (117) (79) (79) 5 3 8" (137) 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Horizontal Section 4-Panel Clear Opening Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Insect Screen Latch Active Panel Stationary Panel Head Clear Opening Height 400 Series Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors 1 4" (6) Clear Opening Width Insect Screen Sill " (46) Horizontal Section 2-Panel Vertical Section Stationary Panel Passive Panel Astragal Active Panel Stationary Panel Clear Opening Width Insect Screen Horizontal Section 4-Panel 4 9 /16" jamb width measurement is from backside of installation flange. Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 151

118 FRENCHWOOD GLIDING PATIO DOORS Ramped Sill Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Gliding insect screen cannot be used with ramped sill " (8) " (37) 1 4" (6) Vertical Section Vertical Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Vertical LVL Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Door Dimension Width Sum of individual door widths 1 3 4" (44) 1 16" (1.5) Overall Door Dimension Width 1 3 8" (35) 1 3 4" (44) Sum of individual door widths 3 4" (19) 1 3 8" (35) plus 1 16" for each join. plus 3 4" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Rough Opening Width Overall door width plus 3 4". Overall door width plus 3 4". 1 16" (1.5) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Gliding to Frenchwood Gliding 3 4" (19) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Gliding to Frenchwood Gliding Andersen does not recommend joining of receiver jamb to receiver jamb. For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined 1 3 8" (35) 2" (51) 1 3 4" (44) appearance, doors may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Vertical Support by Others Andersen Filler and Vinyl Trim (optional) 2" (51) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Gliding and Frenchwood Gliding Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 152

119 SECTION REFERENCE 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Inswing Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Door Details Joining Details Door Sidelights & Transoms Art Glass Options Combination Designs Performance Data

120 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS INSWING Features C FRAME A The sill of the Frenchwood hinged patio door is made with three-piece construction. The subsill is made of patented Fibrex material, and the sill step is solid E oak. The exterior sill member is made of extruded aluminum with an attractive wear-resistant, heat-baked finish in a neutral color. This combination of materials combines durability and low maintenance with excellent insulating characteristics. B All basic exterior frame members are made of a fiberglass reinforced composite, which maintains an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. C The exterior frame members are attached to a water-repellent preservative-treated wood subframe for long-lasting * protection and performance. The subframe is grooved to accept extension jambs. Exterior Specify a unit exterior and interior finish/veneer option to complete your order. Interior White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine oak maple Hardware Sold Separately. F H G D PANEL D The exterior of the wood door panel is protected with a long-lasting * urethane base finish in White, Sandtone, Terratone or Forest Green color. E Panel interior surfaces are unfinished pine. Unfinished oak and maple veneers are available as options. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. Hinged inswing operating panels are either left- or right-hand active. A B F A factory-applied, onepiece compression-type rubber weatherstrip continues in one plane around the panel to provide maximum effectiveness against water and air infiltration. The corners of the weatherstrip are welded to eliminate gaps between the panel and the frame/sill shoulder. Mortise-and-Tenon Joints Mortise-and-tenon joints prevent panel sag and maintain smooth operation. Adjustable Hinges Adjustable hinges have ball bearing pivots for smooth, Standard Gold Dust finish shown. frictionless movement. Features easy horizontal and vertical adjustment, plus quick release feature for easy panel removal. Available factory-applied in finishes that coordinate with door hardware. For units with a white prefinished interior, white finish hinges are standard. Hardware is sold separately. GLASS G Panels are silicone bed glazed and finished with an interior wood stop. H High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 tempered glass Low-E4 SmartSun tempered glass Low-E4 Sun tempered glass Additional glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors. LOCKING SYSTEM Multi-Point Locking System The Frenchwood hinged patio door has a multi-point locking system with two hook bolts above and below the center dead bolt. This system provides added weathertightness and enhanced security. Frenchwood hinged patio doors are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. NOTE: Andersen patio doors are not intended for use as entrance doors. For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Albany black gold dust stone white Tribeca white stone Anvers bright brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Newbury bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Covington bright brass antique brass oil rubbed bronze Whitmore bright brass antique brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Encino distressed nickel distressed bronze Yuma distressed nickel distressed bronze Bold names denote fi nish shown. Hardware Finishes bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone gold dust black 154 Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. Tribeca and Albany hardware are zinc diecast with powder-coated durable finish. Other hardware is solid forged brass. Mix-and-match interior and exterior style and finish options are available. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes feature a 10-year limited warranty.

121 Accessories Sold Separately. FRAME Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 9 /16". Pine, oak or maple veneer or white interior extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Bright brass, antique brass, polished chrome, oil rubbed bronze, brushed chrome and satin nickel strike plate extensions are available for two-panel astragal hinged and single hinge doors. Exterior extension jamb system is available for the following wall thicknesses: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 9 /16" In walls over 4 1 /2", the exterior sill extender and exterior extension jamb system allow the unit to be installed flush to the interior, so the hinged doors will open flat against the interior wall. Colored to match the exterior of the finished unit, this system provides a low-maintenance, finished exterior appearance. An extended double insect screen track is available for double-jamb hinged doors that require gliding insect screens. Exterior jamb kits are available with or without the double-insect screen track. under the sill and tie back into the wall. This will offer support to the outermost sill section when needed. Available in neutral gray finish. Ramped Sill Insert Ramped sills provide smooth transition from interior to exterior and can be used with a retractable insect screen, but not a gliding insect screen. Shown here with an Andersen Frenchwood patio door. (Specifier must check with local and federal officials to determine if product meets accessibility codes.) HARDWARE Exterior Keyed Lock A six-pin key cylinder lock is available for all patio doors in styles and finishes that coordinate with hardware. This lock allows the patio door to be locked and unlocked from the exterior. Handle Extension Handle extensions extend interior door handles an additional 1" from the door panel to accommodate interior blinds or shades. A second extender may be added to the spindle to increase the length an additional 1" to a 2" total extension. Extenders and spindles are sold separately. Extenders are available in finishes that coordinate with hardware. GLASS Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for complete details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOMS GRILLES Divided Light Patterns See page 159 for divided light patterns or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. INSECT SCREENS Hinged Insect Screen Available for single-panel doors. Double-Hinged Insect Screen Available for two-panel double jamb hinged doors. PANEL Panel Stop This hinged door panel stop helps prevent wall damage when opening the inswing door. Available in finishes that coordinate with hardware. Double Insect Screen Track An extended insect screen track is available for double jamb hinged doors that use gliding insect screens. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. CAUTION: Threshold An oak or maple threshold is available for finishing the interior of the sill. Sill Support An aluminum sill support is designed to lock into a channel Construction Lock This hardware can be used on all Andersen hinged doors to help secure the jobsite during the construction phase of the project. It features an undersized escutcheon plate, which makes on-site finishing easier. Sidelights and transoms are available for all Frenchwood hinged patio doors. See page 171 for details. Gliding Insect Screen Available for all two- and three-panel doors. Features Delrin material injection molded bottom rollers with self-contained leveling adjusters. A double insect screen track kit and two universal gliding insect screens are required for installation. Gliding insect screens are not available for 4'-0" wide doors. All insect screens have a long-lasting * fiberglass screen cloth with a charcoal finish. Frames are available in White, Sandtone, Terratone and Forest Green colors. Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation. "Delrin" is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Inswing 155

122 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS INSWING Table of Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Door Dimension 2'-0 1 2" 4'-0" 4'-0" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-1" 4'-1" 4'-1" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " Custom-size doors are available in 1 8" increments between the smallest and largest standard door sizes. 3 heights Some restrictions apply. Contact your Andersen supplier for availability. FWH2168S FWH21611S FWH2180S FWH4168APLR FWH41611APLR FWH4180APLR FWH4168PALR FWH41611PALR FWH4180PALR Door Dimension 2'-6 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 4' " 4' " 4' " 4' " 4' " Stationary (S) doors can Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) 2'-7" " 2'-7" " 2'-7" " 5'-0" " 5'-0" " 5'-0" " 5'-0" " 5'-0" " be used as an individual unit or as a sidelight. Divided light patterns shown on page heights FWH2768S FWH27611S FWH2780S FWH2768AR FWH2768AL FWH27611AR FWH27611AL FWH2780AR FWH2780AL FWH5068SS FWH50611SS FWH5080SS FWH5068ASR FWH50611ASR FWH5080ASR FWH5068SAL FWH50611SAL FWH5080SAL FWH5068APLR FWH50611APLR FWH5080APLR FWH5068PALR FWH50611PALR FWH5080PALR Door Dimension 2'-8 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 2'-8 1 8" 5'-3 1 4" 5'-3 1 4" 5'-3 1 4" 5'-3 1 4" 5'-3 1 4" Minimum Rough Opening 2'-9" 2'-9" 2'-9" 5'-4" 5'-4" 5'-4" 5'-4" 5'-4" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " " " " " 3 heights FWH2968S FWH29611S FWH2980S FWH2968AR FWH2968AL FWH29611AR FWH29611AL FWH2980AR FWH2980AL FWH5468SS FWH54611SS FWH5480SS FWH5468ASR FWH54611ASR FWH5480ASR FWH5468SAL FWH54611SAL FWH5480SAL FWH5468APLR FWH54611APLR FWH5480APLR FWH5468PALR FWH54611PALR FWH5480PALR Door Dimension 3'-0 1 8" 3'-0 1 8" 3'-0 1 8" 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening 3'-1" 3'-1" 3'-1" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " " " " " 3 heights 156 FWH3168S FWH31611S FWH3180S FWH3168AR FWH3168AL FWH31611AR FWH31611AL FWH3180AR FWH3180AL FWH6068SS FWH60611SS FWH6080SS FWH6068ASR FWH60611ASR FWH6080ASR FWH6068SAL FWH60611SAL FWH6080SAL FWH6068APLR FWH60611APLR FWH6080APLR FWH6068PALR FWH60611PALR FWH6080PALR "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33.

123 Three Patio Door Heights Door Dimension Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass 6'-7 1 2" 6'-8" " 6' " 6'-11" " 7' " 8'-0" " FWH x x 68 FWH x x 611 FWH x x 80 Order Designation Description Viewed from the exterior. FWH 6068 S A L FWH 6068 A S R FWH 6068 A P L R Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Door Rough Opening Stationary Panel Active Panel Left Hinged Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Door Rough Opening Active Panel Stationary Panel Right Hinged Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Door Rough Opening Active Panel Passive Panel Left Hinged Right Hinged 7' " 7' " 7' " 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" " " " FWH8068SSS FWH80611SSS FWH8080SSS 8' " FWH8068SASR FWH80611SASR FWH8080SASR 8' " FWH8068SASL FWH80611SASL FWH8080SASL 8' " 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Inswing 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" " " " FWH9068SSS FWH90611SSS FWH9080SSS FWH9068SASR FWH90611SASR FWH9080SASR FWH9068SASL FWH90611SASL FWH9080SASL "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page

124 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS INSWING Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Opening Specifications Door Number Clear Opening 90 Width Clear Opening Maximums Full Width Height Glass Vent Overall Window /16" 26" 75 1 /4" /16" 28" 75 1 /4" /16" 32" 75 1 /4" AP/4168PA " 43 7 /8" 75 1 /4" AP/4168PA* / 8" 21 1 / 16" 75 1 / 4" /16" 26" 75 1 /4" AP/5068PA /4" 55 1 /8" 75 1 /4" AP/5068PA* /2" /16" 75 1 /4" / 16" 28" 75 1 / 4" AP/5468PA /4" 59 1 /8" 75 1 /4" AP/5468PA* /2" /16" 75 1 /4" /16" 32" 75 1 /4" AP/6068PA / 2" 67 1 / 8" 75 1 / 4" AP/6068PA* /2" /16" 75 1 /4" /16" 28" 75 1 /4" / 16" 32" 75 1 / 4" /16" 26" 78 1 /8" /16" 28" 78 1 /8" /16" 32" 78 1 /8" AP/41611PA " 43 7 / 8" 78 1 / 8" AP/41611PA* / 8" 21 1 / 16" 78 1 / 8" /16" 26" 78 1 /8" AP/50611PA /4" 55 1 /8" 78 1 /8" AP/50611PA* /2" /16" 78 1 /8" / 16" 28" 78 1 / 8" AP/54611PA /4" 59 1 /8" 78 1 /8" AP/54611PA* / 2" / 16" 78 1 / 8" /16" 32" 78 1 /8" AP/60611PA / 2" 67 1 / 8" 78 1 / 8" AP/60611PA* /2" /16" 78 1 /8" / 16" 28" 78 1 / 8" /16" 32" 78 1 /8" /16" 26" 91 1 /4" /16" 28" 91 1 /4" / 16" 32" 91 1 / 4" AP/4180PA " 43 7 / 8" 91 1 / 4" AP/4180PA* /8" 21 1 /16" 91 1 /4" /16" 26" 91 1 /4" AP/5080PA /4" 55 1 /8" 91 1 /4" AP/5080PA* / 2" / 16" 91 1 / 4" / 16" 28" 91 1 / 4" AP/5480PA / 4" 59 1 / 8" 91 1 / 4" AP/5480PA* / 2" / 16" 91 1 / 4" / 16" 32" 91 1 / 4" AP/6080PA / 2" 67 1 / 8" 91 1 / 4" AP/6080PA* / 2" / 16" 91 1 / 4" /16" 28" 91 1 /4" /16" 32" 91 1 /4" *Passive panel in closed position. 158

125 Divided Light Patterns Prairie A Colonial Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Doors Number of lights and overall pattern varies with panel size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Andersen Exterior Extension (optional) 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Stationary 3 8" (10) Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Insect-Screen Door Andersen Sill Extender (optional) Andersen Sill Support (optional) Sill Vertical Section Andersen Oak Threshold 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Inswing Andersen Exterior Handle Hardware Extension (optional) 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Horizontal Section Active Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 159

126 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS INSWING Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Active Panel Passive Panel 5 5 8" (143) 5 1 8" (130) 5 1 8" (130) 5 5 8" (143) 1" (25) 1" (25) Andersen Double Insect-Screen Track Kit (optional) 3 8" (10) 50 = 2'-5 5 8" (752)* 54 = 2'-7 5 8" (803)* 60 = 2' " (905)* Astragal LC Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 50 = 2'-5 5 8" (752)* 54 = 2'-7 5 8" (803)* 60 = 2' " (905)* 3 8" (10) Horizontal Section 2-Panel 1" (25) Stationary Panel Active Panel Stationary Panel 5 5 8" (143) " (135) " (135) " (135) " (135) 5 5 8" (143) 1" (25) 3 8" (10) Astragal Astragal 80 = 2' " (808)* 90 = 2' " (910)* CL 80 = 2'-7 1 2" (800)* 90 = 2' " (902)* Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width CL 80 = 2' " (808)* 90 = 2' " (910)* 3 8" (10) Horizontal Section 3-Panel Ramped Sill Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Cannot be used with hinged or gliding insect screen " (13) " (37) 1 4" (6) Vertical Section *Dimension indicates location of astragal centerline. Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 160

127 Clear Opening Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Door at Full Clear Opening Position Door at 90 Clear Opening Position Clear Opening Height 1 2" (13) " (43) Head Sill Vertical Section Stationary Astragal Clear Opening Width 90 Active Clear Opening Width Full Open Position Horizontal Section 2-Panel, Stationary and Active (open) Active Clear Opg. Width 90 Astragal Passive Clear Opening Width Full Open Position Horizontal Section 2-Panel, Active (open) and Passive (closed) 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Inswing Active Astragal Clear Opg. Width 90 Clear Opening Width Full Open Position Passive Horizontal Section 2-Panel, Active (open) and Passive (open) Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 161

128 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS INSWING Interior Extension s Use of interior extension jambs or drywall return will restrict panel operation on jamb hinged patio doors. hinged patio doors must be installed flush to the interior to achieve full panel operation. Full Panel Operation Installed Flush to Interior Wall Restricted Panel Operation Andersen Extension s Exterior Trim and Flashing by Others Hinged Patio Door in 2 x 6 Wall without Extension s Hinged Patio Door in 2 x 6 Wall with Extension s Vertical Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Door Dimension Width 2" (51) Vertical LVL Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Door Dimension Width 1" (25) 3 4" (19) 1" (25) Sum of individual door widths Sum of individual door widths plus 3 16" for each join. plus 3 4" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Rough Opening Width Overall door dimension width plus 3 4". Overall door dimension width plus 3 4". Unit Dim. Width 3 16" (5) Unit Dim. Width Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Inswing to Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width 3 4" (19) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Inswing to Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Andersen does not recommend joining of hinge jamb to hinge jamb. For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) 2" (51) 1" (25) 1" (25) To meet structural requirements or to achieve a wider joined appearance, doors may be installed into separate rough openings having vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Andersen Filler and Vinyl Trim (optional) Vertical Support by Others Unit Dim. Width 2" (51) Unit Dim. Width Andersen Exterior Extension (optional) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Inswing and Frenchwood Hinged Inswing Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 162

129 SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Divided Light Patterns Door Details Joining Details Door Sidelights & Transoms Art Glass Options Combination Designs Performance Data Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Outswing

130 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS OUTSWING C Features B FRAME A The 1 1 /4" high sill has a thermal break to keep heat and cold out. The panels and frame have superior strength and insulating properties and a low-maintenance coating. B All basic exterior frame members are fiberglass E reinforced composite, which maintains an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. C The frame members are A attached to a water-repellent preservative-treated wood subframe for long-lasting * protection and performance. The subframe is grooved to accept extension jambs. PANEL D The exterior of the wood door panel is protected with a long-lasting * urethane base finish in White, Sandtone, Terratone or Forest Green color. F I H D E Panel interior surfaces are unfinished pine. Unfinished oak and maple veneers are available as options. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. Hinged outswing operating panels are available in either single left- or right-hand active or two-panel active/passive jamb hinged. G F A factory-applied, one-piece, compression-type rubber weatherstrip continues in one plane around the panel to provide maximum effectiveness against water and air infiltration. The corners of the weatherstrip are welded to eliminate gaps between the panel and the frame/sill shoulder. The weatherstripping creates a strong, long-lasting * seal that stands up to harsh weather. The weatherstripping is directly attached to the panel, not to the frame. G The ball bearing hinges are covered with a powder-coat finish. All hinges are color-matched to the panel exterior and can be adjusted up/down and left/right after installation. Mortise-and-Tenon Joints Mortise-and-tenon joints prevent panel sag and maintain smooth operation. Removable Panels The panels can be easily removed with the unique panel release tab on the hinge. This release feature is ideal for transporting large units upstairs or to other hard-to-reach areas. Removable panels also simplify finishing. GLASS H Panels are silicone bed glazed and finished with an interior wood stop. I High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 tempered glass Low-E4 SmartSun tempered glass Low-E4 Sun tempered glass Additional glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. NOTE: Andersen patio doors are not intended for use as entrance doors. Exterior Specify a unit exterior and interior finish/veneer option to complete your order. Interior White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine oak maple Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors. Hardware Sold Separately. Albany black gold dust stone white Tribeca white stone Anvers bright brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Newbury bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Covington bright brass antique brass oil rubbed bronze Whitmore bright brass antique brass satin nickel oil rubbed bronze Encino distressed nickel distressed bronze Yuma distressed nickel distressed bronze Bold names denote fi nish shown. Hardware Finishes bright brass antique brass polished chrome brushed chrome satin nickel oil rubbed bronze distressed nickel distressed bronze white stone gold dust black 164 Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. Tribeca and Albany hardware are zinc diecast with powder-coated durable finish. Other hardware is solid forged brass. Mix-and-match interior and exterior style and finish options are available. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes feature a 10-year limited warranty.

131 Accessories Sold Separately. LOCKING SYSTEM FRAME INSECT SCREENS HARDWARE Extension s Standard jamb depth is 4 9 /16". Pine, oak or maple veneer or white interior extension jambs are available for the following wall thicknesses: 5 1 /4" 6 9 /16" 7 1 /8" Multi-Point Locking System The Frenchwood hinged patio door has a multi-point locking system with two hook bolts above and below the center dead bolt. This system provides added weathertightness and enhanced security. Frenchwood hinged patio doors are available with Stormwatch protection. For a copy of the Andersen Coastal Product Guide, contact your Andersen supplier. Sill Support An aluminum sill support is designed to lock into a channel under the sill and tie back into the wall. This will offer support to the outermost sill section when needed. Available in neutral gray finish. Sill Step The Frenchwood outswing door offers an optional oak or maple sill step. Retractable Insect Screen The retractable insect screen is installed on the interior of the door across the width of the opening. When the insect screen is not in use, it neatly retracts into small canisters mounted on each side of the door. Retractable insect screens are made of a long-lasting * fiberglass screen cloth with a charcoal finish. They are available for single-panel and two-panel doors with oak, maple, pine and white finishes. Contact your Andersen supplier for availability. Please note, retractable screen track reduces clear opening height by 1." SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOMS Exterior Keyed Lock A six-pin key cylinder lock is available for all patio doors in styles and finishes that coordinate with hardware. This lock allows the patio door to be locked and unlocked from the exterior. Handle Extension Handle extensions extend interior door handles an additional 1" from the door panel to accommodate interior blinds or shades. A second extender may be added to the spindle to increase the length an additional 1" to a 2" total extension. Extenders and spindles are sold separately. They are available in finishes that coordinate with hardware. Construction Lock This hardware can be used on all Andersen hinged doors to help secure the jobsite during the construction phase of the project. It features an undersized escutcheon plate, which makes on-site finishing easier. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. GLASS CAUTION: For more information about glass, patterned glass, art glass, grilles and installation accessories, see pages or visit andersenwindows.com Andersen Art Glass Andersen art glass panels come in eleven original patterns, including four Frank Lloyd Wright Series designs. See page 139 for complete details on Andersen art glass or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass for pattern information. Sidelights and transoms are available for all Frenchwood hinged patio doors. See page 171 for details. GRILLES Divided Light Patterns See page 168 for divided light patterns or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Painting and staining may cause damage to rigid vinyl. Products in Sandtone or Terratone color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone using quality oil-base or latex paint. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting White. Submit color samples to Andersen for approval when painting Sandtone or Terratone any color darker than Terratone. Do not paint Forest Green exteriors. Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products. Do not paint weatherstripping. Abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents should not be used on Andersen products. For vinyl painting instructions and preparation, contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to vinyl. NOTE: Ramped sill insert is not applicable to Frenchwood outswing patio doors. Frank Lloyd Wright is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation. 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Outswing 165

132 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS OUTSWING Three Patio Door Heights Door Dimension Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass 6'-7 1 2" 6'-8" " 6' " 6'-11" " 7' " 8'-0" " FWO x x 68 FWO x x 611 FWO x x 80 Table of Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Patio Door Sizes Scale 1 8" = 1'-0" (1:96) Door Dimension 2'-0 1 2" 4'-0" 4'-0" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 2'-6 1 8" 4' " 4' " Minimum Rough Opening 2'-1" 4'-1" 4'-1" 2'-7" 2'-7" 2'-7" 5'-0" 5'-0" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " " " " " 3 heights Door Dimension FWO2168S FWO21611S FWO2180S 2'-8 1 8" FWO4168APLR FWO41611APLR FWO4180APLR 2'-8 1 8" FWO4168PALR FWO41611PALR FWO4180PALR 2'-8 1 8" 5'-3 1 4" FWO2768S FWO27611S FWO2780S 5'-3 1 4" FWO2768AR FWO2768AL FWO27611AR FWO27611AL FWO2780AR FWO2780AL FWO5068APLR FWO50611APLR FWO5080APLR FWO5068PALR FWO50611PALR FWO5080PALR Minimum Rough Opening 2'-9" 2'-9" 2'-9" 5'-4" 5'-4" Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) " " " " " Custom-size doors are available in 1 8" increments 3 heights between the smallest and largest standard door sizes. Some restrictions apply. Contact your Andersen supplier FWO2968S FWO29611S FWO2980S FWO2968AR FWO2968AL FWO29611AR FWO29611AL FWO2980AR FWO2980AL FWO5468APLR FWO54611APLR FWO5480APLR FWO5468PALR FWO54611PALR FWO5480PALR for availability. Door Dimension 3'-0 1 8" 3'-0 1 8" 3'-0 1 8" 5' " 5' " Minimum Rough Opening Unobstructed Glass (single panel only) 3'-1" " 3'-1" " 3'-1" " 6'-0" " 6'-0" " Stationary (S) doors can be used as an individual unit or as a sidelight. Divided light patterns shown on page heights FWO3168S FWO31611S FWO3180S FWO3168AR FWO3168AL FWO31611AR FWO31611AL FWO3180AR FWO3180AL FWO6068APLR FWO60611APLR FWO6080APLR FWO6068PALR FWO60611PALR FWO6080PALR "Door Dimension" always refers to outside frame to frame dimension. "Minimum Rough Opening" dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page

133 Identification Viewed from the exterior. Order Designation Description Viewed from the exterior. Stationary Non-operating Left Hinged Hinges on left side Right Hinged Hinges on right side Active Panel Operating panel used most often Passive Panel Operating panel with attached astragal FWO 6068 A P L R Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Active Panel Patio Door Door Rough Opening Passive Panel Left Hinged Right Hinged Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Patio Door Opening Specifications Door Number Clear Opening 90 Width Clear Opening Maximums Full Width Height Glass Vent Overall Door /8" /16" 76 1 /2" / 8" / 16" 76 1 / 2" / 8" / 16" 76 1 / 2" AP/4168PA /16" 44 5 /8" 76 1 /2" AP/4168PA* /8" 20 7 /8" 76 1 /2" AP/5068PA /8" /16" 76 1 /2" AP/5068PA* " 26 1 / 2" 76 1 / 2" AP/5468PA /8" /16" 76 1 /2" AP/5468PA* " 28 1 / 2" 76 1 / 2" AP/6068PA /8" /16" 76 1 /2" AP/6068PA* " 32 1 / 2" 76 1 / 2" /8" /16" 79 3 /8" / 8" / 16" 79 3 / 8" /8" /16" 79 3 /8" AP/41611PA / 16" 44 5 / 8" 79 3 / 8" AP/41611PA* /8" 20 7 /8" 79 3 /8" AP/50611PA / 8" / 16" 79 3 / 8" AP/50611PA* " 26 1 /2" 79 3 /8" AP/54611PA /8" /16" 79 3 /8" AP/54611PA* " 28 1 /2" 79 3 /8" AP/60611PA / 8" / 16" 79 3 / 8" AP/60611PA* " 32 1 /2" 79 3 /8" /8" /16" 92 1 /2" / 8" / 16" 92 1 / 2" /8" /16" 92 1 /2" AP/4180PA / 16" 44 5 / 8" 92 1 / 2" AP/4180PA* / 8" 20 7 / 8" 92 1 / 2" AP/5080PA / 8" / 16" 92 1 / 2" AP/5080PA* " 26 1 /2" 92 1 /2" AP/5480PA / 8" / 16" 92 1 / 2" AP/5480PA* " 28 1 / 2" 92 1 / 2" AP/6080PA / 8" / 16" 92 1 / 2" AP/6080PA* " 32 1 /2" 92 1 /2" *Passive panel in closed position. 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Outswing 167

134 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS OUTSWING Divided Light Patterns Prairie A Colonial Modified Modified Tall Tall Short Short Colonial Colonial SCR Fractional Fractional SCR Fractional Fractional SCR (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) (Simulated Check Rail) Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Patio Doors Number of lights and overall pattern varies with panel size. Patterns are not available in all configurations. Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available. For more information on divided light see page 13 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles. Specified Equal Light Examples Custom Pattern Examples Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Andersen Retractable Insect Screen (optional) Andersen Extension Horizontal Section Stationary Handle Hardware Andersen Retractable Insect Screen Minimum Rough Opening Height Unit Dimension Height Head Clear Opening Height 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width Horizontal Section Active 3 8" (10) Andersen Sill Support (optional) Sill Vertical Section Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 168

135 Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Patio Door Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Active Panel Passive Panel 3 8" (10) Unit Dimension Width Minimum Rough Opening Width 3 8" (10) Horizontal Section 2-Panel Clear Opening Details Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Clear Opening Width 1 3 4" (44) Full Open Position 1 3 4" (44) Clear Opening Width 90 Clear Opening Height Head Door Position at 90 Clear Opening Position Door Position at Full Open Clear Opening Position 1 1 4" (32) Sill Vertical Section Horizontal Section Single Panel (open) 1 3 4" (44) Clear Opening Width Full Open Position Clear Opg. Width " (44) Clear Opening Width Full Open Position Clear Opening Width " (44) Door at Full Clear Opening Position Active Door at 90 Clear Opening Position Astragal Horizontal Section 2-Panel, Active (open) and Passive (closed) Passive Door at Full Clear Opening Position Active Door at 90 Clear Opening Position Passive Horizontal Section 2-Panel, Active (open) and Passive (open) 400 Series Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors Outswing Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. 169

136 FRENCHWOOD HINGED PATIO DOORS OUTSWING Vertical Non-Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Door Dimension Width 2" (51) Vertical LVL Reinforced Joining Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) Overall Door Dimension Width 2 3 4" (70) Sum of individual door widths plus 3 16" Sum of individual door widths plus for each join. 3 4" for each join. Overall Rough Opening Width Overall Rough Opening Width Overall door dimension width plus 3 4". Overall door width plus 3 4". Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width 3 16" (5) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Outswing to Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width 3 4" (19) Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Outswing to Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Andersen does not recommend joining of hinge jamb to hinge jamb. For more joining information see the combination design section starting on page 259. Separate Rough Openings Detail Scale 1 1 2" = 1'-0" (1:8) To meet structural requirements or to Vertical Support by Others achieve a wider joined appearance, windows may be installed into separate rough openings having Andersen Filler and Vinyl Trim (optional) vertical support (by others) in combination with Andersen exterior filler and exterior vinyl trim. Unit Dim. Width 2" (51) Unit Dim. Width Horizontal Section Frenchwood Hinged Outswing and Frenchwood Hinged Outswing Light-colored areas are parts included with door. Dark-colored areas are additional Andersen parts required to complete door assembly as shown. Rough openings may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See installation information on page 33. Details are for illustration only and are not intended to represent product installation methods or materials. Refer to product installation guides at andersenwindows.com. Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent rough openings. 170

137 SECTION REFERENCE Tables of Sizes Opening Specifi cations Door Details Art Glass Options Combination Designs Performance Data Series Frenchwood Patio Door Sidelights & Transoms

138 FRENCHWOOD PATIO DOOR SIDELIGHTS & TRANSOMS Features Sidelight FRAME A All basic exterior frame members are fiberglass reinforced composite, which maintains an attractive appearance while minimizing maintenance. B The frame members are attached to a water-repellent preservative-treated wood subframe for long-lasting * D protection and performance. The subframe is grooved to accept extension jambs. PANEL C The exterior of the wood door panel is protected with a long-lasting * urethane base finish in White, Sandtone, Terratone or Forest Green color. D Panel interior surfaces are unfinished pine. Unfinished oak and maple veneers are available as options. Low-maintenance prefinished white interiors are also available. B F C G E E The sill of the Frenchwood patio door sidelight is made with three-piece construction. The subsill is made of patented Fibrex material, and the sill step is solid oak. The exterior sill member is made of extruded aluminum with an attractive wear-resistant, heat-baked finish in a neutral color. This combination of materials combines durability and low maintenance with excellent insulating characteristics. B A D F G Transom Mortise-and-Tenon Joints Mortise-and-tenon joints prevent panel sag. C A GLASS F Panels are silicone bed glazed and finished with an interior wood stop. G High-Performance glass options include: Low-E4 tempered glass Low-E4 SmartSun tempered glass Low-E4 Sun tempered glass Additional glass options are available. Contact your Andersen supplier. (Glass option must be specified.) PATTERNED GLASS Patterned glass options are available. See page 12 for more details. ART GLASS Art glass options are available. See page 139 for more details. * For complete information on our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier. Andersen Frenchwood patio door sidelights, transoms and sidelight transoms elegantly frame our 400 Series Frenchwood patio doors. LVL reinforced available in 4 9 /16" and 6 9 /16" depths. See page 266. NEW EXTERIOR TRIM This product now available with Andersen Exterior Trim. See pages for details. Exterior Specify a unit exterior color option and an interior finish/ veneer option to complete your order. Interior White Sandtone Terratone Forest Green white pine oak maple Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. See your Andersen supplier for actual finish samples. 172

Perma-Shield Gliding Patio Doors

Perma-Shield Gliding Patio Doors Casement Perma-Shield & Awning Gliding Patio Windows Doors 400 Casement Awning Windows & CUSTOM SIZING! in 1/8 increments. SECTION REFERENCE Table of Basic Unit Sizes 220 Opening Specifications 221 Basic

More information

ENTRANCEWAYS. CUSTOM SIZING in 1 8" (3) increments SECTION REFERENCE ENTRANCEWAYS. Residential Springline Entry Doors

ENTRANCEWAYS. CUSTOM SIZING in 1 8 (3) increments SECTION REFERENCE ENTRANCEWAYS. Residential Springline Entry Doors ENTRANCEWAYS ENTRANCEWAYS Entranceways SECTION REFERENCE Residential Springline Entry s Dimensions & Specifi cations... 193 Details... 194-195 Residential Arch & Rectangular Entry s & Sidelight Dimensions

More information

TRUST THE MOST * THE WINDOW CONTRACTORS WINDOWS & DOORS PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS

TRUST THE MOST * THE WINDOW CONTRACTORS WINDOWS & DOORS PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS WINDOWS & DOORS THE WINDOW CONTRACTORS TRUST THE MOST * * 2018 Contracr Survey of Andersen 400 Series windows. 2019-20 PRODUCT GUIDE FOR PROFESSIONALS CONTENTS 400 SERIES WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS Performance

More information

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present)

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) 400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present)

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) 400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present)

400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) 400 Series Gliding Windows (1991 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS

PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS 70 SERIES 50 SERIES WINDOWS & DOORS PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS American Craftsman ranked "Highest in Customer Satisfaction with Windows and Patio Doors by J.D. Power. * *American Craftsman received

More information

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) CCParts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present)

400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present) 400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Conversion Kit Double-Hung Windows (1995 to Present)

Conversion Kit Double-Hung Windows (1995 to Present) Conversion Kit Double-Hung Windows (1995 to Present) What s in This Section................................................... Page 3............................................................ 3.......................................................

More information

400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present)

400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) 400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Prefinished Flexiframe units were available 1980 to 1985. These units were not assembled

More information

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) CCParts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present)

Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Prefinished Flexiframe units were available 1980 to 1985. These units were not assembled or glazed

More information

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Awning Windows (2008 to Present) CCParts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Circle & Oval Windows (1991 to Present)

Circle & Oval Windows (1991 to Present) Circle & Oval Windows (1991 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Circle and Oval Windows........................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present)

400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present) 400 Series Arch Windows (1989 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present)

400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) 400 Series Flexiframe Windows (1985 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Prefinished Flexiframe units were available 1980 to 1985. These units were not assembled

More information

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

100 Series Gliding Doors (2009 to Present)

100 Series Gliding Doors (2009 to Present) 100 Series Gliding Doors (2009 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section 2-Panel.......................................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration..........................................................

More information

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Single-Hung Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Springline Windows (1994 to Present)

Springline Windows (1994 to Present) Springline Windows (1994 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present)

400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present) 400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present)

400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present) 400 Series Springline Windows (1994 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard Windows................................................ Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS

PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS 70 SERIES 50 SERIES WINDOWS & DOORS PREMIUM QUALITY VINYL WINDOWS & DOORS 1 americancraftsmanwindows.com americancraftsmanwindows.com Quality Windows & Patio Doors for Your Home Whether you re living on

More information

TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE AWNING WINDOWS

TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE AWNING WINDOWS TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE AWNING WINDOWS PRODUCT FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS STYLES GLAZING S DING Traditional, Push Out and Mission options. FEATURES Natural, clear Douglas Fir

More information

Pella Impervia 350 Series Vinyl Awning Windows and Sliding Patio Doors

Pella Impervia 350 Series Vinyl Awning Windows and Sliding Patio Doors Pella Impervia 350 Series Vinyl Awning Windows and Sliding Patio Doors Pella 350 Series premium vinyl windows and patio doors are available in a variety of frame types to help ensure a smooth installation

More information

V3 Series Awning Windows (2011 to Present)

V3 Series Awning Windows (2011 to Present) What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration........................................................... 3 Options- Exterior..................................................

More information

Technical Guide B Casement Windows. Casement Windows. Technical Guide B1

Technical Guide B Casement Windows. Casement Windows. Technical Guide B1 B Technical Guide B Casement Windows Technical Guide B1 Product Features Styles Traditional, Push Out and Mission options. Standard Features Natural, clear Douglas Fir interior (no visible finger joints)

More information

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present)

100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) 100 Series Gliding Windows (2008 to Present) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Custom Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

2'-9 1 /4" (845) 2'-7 1 /4" (794) 2'-5 1 /4" (743) 2'-10" (864) 2'-8" (813) 2'-6" (762) 26 5 /8" (676) 24 5 /8" (625) 22 5 /8" (575)

2'-9 1 /4 (845) 2'-7 1 /4 (794) 2'-5 1 /4 (743) 2'-10 (864) 2'-8 (813) 2'-6 (762) 26 5 /8 (676) 24 5 /8 (625) 22 5 /8 (575) Table of Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" (3) = 1'-0" (305) 1:96 Unit Dimension 1'-3 1 /4" 1'-7 1 /4" 2'-9 1 /4" (845) 3'-1 1 /4" (946) 3'-7 1 /4" (1099) 3'-11 1 /4" (1200) Minimum Rough Opening 1'-4" (406)

More information

2016 Pella Competitive Quoting Guide Size and Feature Conversion Charts

2016 Pella Competitive Quoting Guide Size and Feature Conversion Charts Size and Feature Conversion Charts Size and Feature Conversion Charts Be ahead of the game. Navigating product information is a difficult task for customers, and it is important to make sure they re getting

More information

Technical Guide C. CAwning Windows. Technical Guide C1

Technical Guide C. CAwning Windows. Technical Guide C1 Technical Guide C Windows C Technical Guide C1 Product Features Specifications Styles Traditional, Push Out and Mission options. Standard Features Natural, clear Douglas Fir interior (no visible finger

More information

BELVEDERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE ACCESS WINDOWS

BELVEDERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE ACCESS WINDOWS BELVEDERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE ACCESS WINDOWS PRODUCT FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS STYLES, Double and Push Out options. FEATURES Natural Douglas Fir interior (no visible finger joints) (116 mm) jamb construction

More information

Siteline EX Clad Casement Windows Premium Wood

Siteline EX Clad Casement Windows Premium Wood TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 1-2 QuickSpecGuide... 1-4 Elevations:1/4 Scale... 1-6 Casement... 1-9 CasementPicture... 1-23 CasementPicturewithFlankers... 1-29 CasementSectorTop... 1-34 SashGlazingOptions:3

More information

TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE C AWNING WINDOWS

TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE C AWNING WINDOWS TEA2 Architects LAKE SUPERIOR RESIDENCE TECHNICAL GUIDE C AWNING WINDOWS PRODUCT FEATURES STYLES Traditional, Push Out and Mission options. STANDARD FEATURES Natural, clear Douglas Fir interior (no visible

More information

Casement Windows Builders Clad-Wood

Casement Windows Builders Clad-Wood TABL OF CONTNTS Specifications... 1-2 QuickSpecGuide... 1-3 levations: 1/4 Scale Casement... 1-4 CasementPicture... 1-13 CasementTransom... 1-15 CasementRadius... 1-18 Grille Patterns... 1-20 ClearOpeningandDaylightSpecifications...

More information

Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989)

Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989) Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Picture Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989)

Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989) Primed Casement Windows (1932 to 1989) Parts Catalog Main Menu Section TOC Search What s in This Section Standard and Picture Windows...................................... Page 3 Parts Illustration...........................................................

More information

Euroview Vinyl Tilt/Turn, Hopper & Picture Windows

Euroview Vinyl Tilt/Turn, Hopper & Picture Windows Unit Features Frame: Frame Thickness: 70mm (2 3/4") Frame Width: 67mm (2 5/8") or 80mm (3 5/32") Steel Reinforced Sash: Sash Thickness: 70mm (2 3/4") Sash Width: 80mm (3 5/32") Steel Reinforced Shape Options:

More information

500 SERIES REINFORCED WOOD FRAME FOR EASY INSTALLATION

500 SERIES REINFORCED WOOD FRAME FOR EASY INSTALLATION 500 SERIES REINFORCED WOOD FRAME FOR EASY INSTALLATION CHOOSE 530 Exceptional structural integrity and performance. PVC/wood frame Mechanically assembled PVC panels Mechanically assembled reinforced PVC

More information

French View Primed Hinged Patio Doors Premium Wood

French View Primed Hinged Patio Doors Premium Wood TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 12-2 QuickSpecGuide... 12-4 Elevations:1/4 Scale... 12-5 In-SwingDoors... 12-7 CenterHingeDoors... 12-10 Out-SwingDoors... 12-12 GlazingOptions:3 Scale... 12-16 TrimOptions:3

More information

Pella 450 Series. Size and performance summary. Glazing performance. Grille profiles and patterns. Size tables. Design Data

Pella 450 Series. Size and performance summary. Glazing performance. Grille profiles and patterns. Size tables. Design Data SECTION DIRECTORY Pella 450 Series Size and performance summary Glazing performance Grille profiles and patterns Size tables Design Data Detailed Product Description Cross sections The information published

More information

Specifications... Quick Spec Guide...

Specifications... Quick Spec Guide... TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications........................................... Quick Spec Guide....................................... Elevations/Sizes: 1/4" Scale Full Awning Units..................................

More information

Milgard Windows & Doors. Training Module Ultra and WoodClad Windows & Doors

Milgard Windows & Doors. Training Module Ultra and WoodClad Windows & Doors Milgard Windows & Doors Training Module Ultra and WoodClad Windows & Doors Why Fiberglass? Structural integrity - no warping, swelling, rotting Strength - high tensile strength 8x stronger than vinyl Up

More information

Smooth, clean lines for a higher quality look than ordinary vinyl. Exceptional energy efficiency with double- and triple-pane glass options

Smooth, clean lines for a higher quality look than ordinary vinyl. Exceptional energy efficiency with double- and triple-pane glass options VINYL Pella 250 Series $$ FEATURES Smooth, clean lines for a higher quality look than ordinary vinyl Exceptional energy efficiency with double- and triple-pane glass options Popular colors and features

More information

General Information SECTION DIRECTORY

General Information SECTION DIRECTORY SECTION DIRECTORY General Information Product Summary... V-AW-2 Product Selection Guide... V-AW-3 Size and Performance Data... V-AW-3 Features and Options... V-AW-3 Sound Transmission Class and Outdoor-Indoor

More information

CRESTLINE. Pocket Replacement REPLACEMENT WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS

CRESTLINE. Pocket Replacement REPLACEMENT WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS CRESTLINE Pocket Replacement REPLACEMENT WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS Shown: Select 300 Replacement Traditional Sliding Patio Door and Double Hung Window with Grilles in a Colonial Pattern CONTENTS TABLE OF 4-5.

More information

Specialty Windows. Rough Opening. Dimension. Unit (265) Next to Each Unit " Rough Opening. Dimension. Unit (340) Next to Each Unit 1'-1 3 8"

Specialty Windows. Rough Opening. Dimension. Unit (265) Next to Each Unit  Rough Opening. Dimension. Unit (340) Next to Each Unit 1'-1 3 8 400 SEIES Specialty s Same as ough Opening Same as 2'-0 1 2" (622) 2'-0" (610) 2'-4 1 2" (724) 2'-4" (711) 3'-0" (914) Octagon s (OC) OC20 OC24 OC30 + 1 2" (13) ough Opening Next to Each 10 7 16" (265)

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS. These three boxes can be changed/resized; whatever works best with the amount of images available to you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. These three boxes can be changed/resized; whatever works best with the amount of images available to you. FORGENT SERIES TABLE OF CONTENTS Material & Construction... 4 Complementary Specialty Windows... 26-33 Features & Benefits... 5 Complementary Inswing Doors... 34-39 Casements & Awnings... 6-13 Complementary

More information

Primed Epicr Radius and Geometric Windows - In-Sash Custom Wood

Primed Epicr Radius and Geometric Windows - In-Sash Custom Wood TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 20-2 QuickSpecGuide... 20-4 Elevations/Sizes:1/4 Scale... 20-6 Casement Half Round Units... 20-8 Casement Quarter Round Units... 20-9 Double-Hung Half Round Units...

More information

Durable, easy-care vinyl that will look great for years. Energy-efficient options that keep your home more comfortable

Durable, easy-care vinyl that will look great for years. Energy-efficient options that keep your home more comfortable VINYL Encompass by Pella $ $$ FEATURES Durable, easy-care vinyl that will look great for years Energy-efficient options that keep your home more comfortable High-grade vinyl frames at budget-friendly prices

More information

SECTION DIRECTORY. Designer Series DS-AW-1 AWNING

SECTION DIRECTORY. Designer Series DS-AW-1 AWNING SECTION DIRECTORY Designer Series Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data... DS-AW-2 Features and Options... DS-AW-3 Combination Assemblies... DS-AW-4 Glazing Performance... DS-AW-5 Grille Types

More information

SIZE AND PERFORMANCE SUMMARY GLAZING PERFORMANCE GRILLE PROFILES AND PATTERNS SIZE TABLES DESIGN DATA DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CROSS SECTIONS

SIZE AND PERFORMANCE SUMMARY GLAZING PERFORMANCE GRILLE PROFILES AND PATTERNS SIZE TABLES DESIGN DATA DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CROSS SECTIONS SECTION DIRECTORY SIZE AND PERFORMANCE SUMMARY GLAZING PERFORMANCE GRILLE PROFILES AND PATTERNS SIZE TABLES DESIGN DATA DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CROSS SECTIONS The information published in this document

More information

DF COLLECTION. Architectural Detail Guide Hybrid Awning Window DF 3113 TABLE OF CONTENTS

DF COLLECTION. Architectural Detail Guide Hybrid Awning Window DF 3113 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 1-2 Quick Spec Guide... 1-3 Clear Opening and Daylight Specifications... 1-5 General Information Multiple Assemblies... 1-6 Handing and Operation... 1-7 Elevation Drawing

More information

CHAPTER 3 INTEGRITY WOOD ULTREX DOUBLE HUNG

CHAPTER 3 INTEGRITY WOOD ULTREX DOUBLE HUNG CHAPTER 3 INTEGRITY WOOD ULTREX DOUBLE HUNG Specifications / NFRC Values... 3.2 Egress, Lite and Vent Measurements... 3.3 Egress, Lite and Vent Measurements / Abbreviations... 3.4 Sizing Guidelines / Measurement

More information

your vision, our windows

your vision, our windows your vision, our windows WHY FIBERGLASS? ENERGY EFFICIENCY ALUMINUM 500x lower thermal conductivity than aluminum, so it doesn t allow heat or cold from the outside into your home. Fiberglass uses 78%

More information

BROSCO SSB Window Unit

BROSCO SSB Window Unit Windows that Fit Northeast Lifestyles. The Northeast's unique architectural styles and harsh climate demand windows that are quality built, energy efficient and fit the charm and character of the traditional

More information

Architect Series Traditional

Architect Series Traditional SECTION DIRECTORY Architect Series Traditional Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data...W-HG-2 STC/OITC...W-HG-2 Features and Options...W-HG-3 Combination Assemblies...W-HG-4 Glazing Performance...W-HG-6

More information

SECTION DIRECTORY. Designer Series W-OSD-1 OUT-SWING DOOR

SECTION DIRECTORY. Designer Series W-OSD-1 OUT-SWING DOOR SECTION DIRECTORY Designer Series Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data... W-OSD-2 Features and Options... W-OSD-4 Combination Assemblies... W-OSD-5 Glazing Performance... W-OSD-6 Grille Types

More information

Siteline Clad Swinging Patio Doors Premium Wood

Siteline Clad Swinging Patio Doors Premium Wood TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 13-2 QuickSpecGuides... 13-6 Single&FrenchDoorHandingandStationaryCallouts... 13-10 Elevations:1/4 Scale... 13-12 SingleSwingIn-SwingandOut-Swing... 13-14 4-PanelSwingIn-SwingandOut-Swing...

More information

Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data...W-HG-2 Features and Options...W-HG-3 Combination Assemblies...W-HG-4 Glazing Performance...

Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data...W-HG-2 Features and Options...W-HG-3 Combination Assemblies...W-HG-4 Glazing Performance... SECTION DIRECTORY Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data...W-HG-2 Features and Options...W-HG-3 Combination Assemblies...W-HG-4 Glazing Performance...W-HG-6 Grille Types Grille Profiles...W-HG-10

More information

The CAPRI 2.0. The beautiful door WELL DESIGNED. WELL BUILT. WELL APPOINTED.

The CAPRI 2.0. The beautiful door WELL DESIGNED. WELL BUILT. WELL APPOINTED. The CAPRI 2.0 The beautiful door WELL DESIGNED. WELL BUILT. WELL APPOINTED. Creating products that we are proud to manufacture and you will be proud to own. D R B. G T. B h o bi fo d hi ki d i i h i d

More information

FLEXIBLE, DEPENDABLE AND GOOD-LOOKING.

FLEXIBLE, DEPENDABLE AND GOOD-LOOKING. FLEXIBLE, DEPENDABLE AND GOOD-LOOKING. Expect more from your windows and doors. CHALLENGER SERIES WINDOWS & DOORS INTRODUCTION About Ventana Windows & Doors Ventana Windows & Doors Inc. manufactures vinyl

More information

STORM & SCREEN DOORS STYLE. FUNCTION. DURABILITY. MAKE AN ENTRANCE.

STORM & SCREEN DOORS STYLE. FUNCTION. DURABILITY. MAKE AN ENTRANCE. STORM & SCREEN DOORS STYLE. FUNCTION. DURABILITY. MAKE AN ENTRANCE. 1 6 Series Fullview Interchangeable Srm Door in Quality, Craftsmanship, Style and Innovation Andersen srm doors are built with the quality

More information

Technical Guide E. EDouble/Single Hung Windows. Technical Guide E1

Technical Guide E. EDouble/Single Hung Windows. Technical Guide E1 Technical Guide E Double/Single Hung Windows E Windows Technical Guide E1 Product Features Specifications Styles Double Hung, Single Hung, Radius Top and Cottage options. Standard Features Natural, clear

More information

DOUBLE/SINGLE HUNG WINDOWS

DOUBLE/SINGLE HUNG WINDOWS E2 Robson Bilgen Architects NEW ENGLAND COUNTRY HOUSE TECHNICAL GUIDE E /SINGLE HUNG WINDOWS PRODUCT FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS STYLES GLAZING STANDARDS SIMULATED DIVIDED LITES (SDL) E2 Double Hung, Single

More information

81870 Alside_24667 Alside 11/3/16 5:01 PM Page 2 80 Series

81870 Alside_24667 Alside 11/3/16 5:01 PM Page 2 80 Series 80 Series Alpine s 80 Series is the ultimate in vinyl window technology. Our heavy-duty vinyl frames combined with 1" insulated, Low-E glass, make these windows some of the most energy-efficient produced.

More information

Architectural Manual. Vinyl Windows & Patio Doors

Architectural Manual. Vinyl Windows & Patio Doors Architectural Manual Vinyl Windows & Patio Doors Style Line Series Vinyl Windows & Patio Doors Instructions on how to use this manual: This document has been designed for easy navigation and to quickly

More information

FIRE-RATED ENTRY DOOR OPTIONS

FIRE-RATED ENTRY DOOR OPTIONS FIRE-RATED ENTRY DOOR OPTIONS Note: Fire-rated doors are not Energy Star certified products. Fire-Rated French Doors are not available. Fire-Rated Door Packages: Any opaque (non-glass) 20-Gauge Smooth

More information

Supplies Needed Wood Finish Product. Parts Included (1) Installation Guide (1) Top Sash or (1) Bottom Sash or (1) Balancer

Supplies Needed Wood Finish Product. Parts Included (1) Installation Guide (1) Top Sash or (1) Bottom Sash or (1) Balancer Sash Balancer Replacement Guide f Andersen 00 Series Woodwright Double-Hung Full-Frame Windows (manufactured after October 8, 2006) and Woodwright Double-Hung Insert Windows Thank you f choosing Andersen.

More information

2016 Price Book. Midwest Built. Midwest Tough. Guaranteed for Life.

2016 Price Book. Midwest Built. Midwest Tough. Guaranteed for Life. 2016 Price Book Midwest Built. Midwest Tough. Guaranteed for Life. 1 Euro Series Windows & Doors Euro Series Windows Fixed/Picture / $6.80 /Woodgrain $8.45 In-Swing Casement / $9.37 /Woodgrain $10.45 $150/unit

More information

Visions 3000 Series 924 Parts Catalog

Visions 3000 Series 924 Parts Catalog 3000 Series Visions 3000 Series 924 Parts Catalog #1218583 FOR PRODUCT PRODUCED AFTER 4/07 Casement Casement Awning awning French Casement french casement Visions Windows and Doors 880 South View Drive

More information

FRENCHWOOD PATIO DOOR SIDELIGHTS & TRANSOMS

FRENCHWOOD PATIO DOOR SIDELIGHTS & TRANSOMS Table of Direct-Set and Sash-Set Frenchwood Patio Door Transoms and Sidelights & Venting Transom Window Sizes Scale 1 8" = (1:96) Transom Dimension Minimum Rough Opening 1'-2 1 /4" (362) 1'-3" (381) 1'-6

More information

The Falcon Series... Setting The Standard

The Falcon Series... Setting The Standard The Falcon Series... Setting The Standard Product Feature Guide 3/4 Insulated Glass 6100 XJC/A 2100 1100 C/A Clear S S S S S Emax Plus O O O O O Emax Ultra O O O O O Bronze Tint O O O O O Grey Tint O O

More information

Guide Specification SECTION VINYL WINDOWS

Guide Specification SECTION VINYL WINDOWS February 2018 3948 Townsfair Way, Suite 200 Columbus, Ohio 43219 Toll Free 800-746-6686 Website www.simonton.com Email archdetails@simonton.com Guide Specification Specifier Notes: This guide specification

More information

E3 Architecture WINDERMERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE J SWINGING TERRACE & FRENCH TERRACE DOORS

E3 Architecture WINDERMERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE J SWINGING TERRACE & FRENCH TERRACE DOORS E3 Architecture WINDERMERE PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDE J SWINGING TERRACE & FRENCH TERRACE DOORS PRODUCT FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS STYLES Traditional, French, Camber Top, Quarter Round and Full Radius options.

More information

PROTOTYPICAL Sign Planogram: Storm Doors Bay Name: Storm Doors 3.3

PROTOTYPICAL Sign Planogram: Storm Doors Bay Name: Storm Doors 3.3 Shown in Terratone with Handleset RH The Home Depot logo is a registered trademark of Homer TLC, Inc. All other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation and its subsidiary in the United

More information

Product Guide Specification

Product Guide Specification July 2013 3948 Townsfair Way, Suite 200 Columbus, Ohio 43219 Toll Free 800-746-6686 Website www.simonton.com E-Mail archdetails@simonton.com Product Guide Specification Specifier Notes: This product guide

More information

Technical Guide J. JSliding Patio & French Doors. Technical Guide J1

Technical Guide J. JSliding Patio & French Doors. Technical Guide J1 Technical Guide J Sliding Patio & French Doors J Technical Guide J1 Product Features Specifications Styles Operating/Fixed (XO or OX), Operating/Fixed/Operating (XOX), Fixed/Operating/Operating/Fixed (OXXO),

More information

DESIGNER HINGED PATIO DOOR

DESIGNER HINGED PATIO DOOR DESIGNER HINGED PATIO DOOR Designer Hinged Patio Doors are swinging patio door systems available in 2 or 3-lite units and constructed of the same solid quality Signet and Heritage Fiberglass, and Legacy

More information

LUXURY SLIDING PATIO & SWINGING FRENCH DOORS

LUXURY SLIDING PATIO & SWINGING FRENCH DOORS M A L I B U LUXURY SLIDING PATIO & SWINGING FRENCH DOORS M A L I B U THE BEAUTY OF YOUR HOME Malibu Sliding Patio and Swinging French Doors enhance the beauty of your home, both inside and out. Each door

More information

Architect Series Traditional

Architect Series Traditional SECTION DIRECTORY Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data... OSBF-2 Glazing Performance... OSBF-3 Grille Types... OSBF-7 Design Data Vent... OSBF-11 Detailed Product Descriptions... OSBF-14 Unit

More information

Rhino series thermally broken 2 3/8" aluminum windows Information book

Rhino series thermally broken 2 3/8 aluminum windows Information book Gerkin Windows & Doors P.O Box 3203 Sioux City IA. 51102 Phone: (402) 494-6000 (800) 475-5061 Fax: (402) 494-6765 Web site: www.gerkin.com E-Mail: gerkin @gerkin.com Rhino series thermally broken 2 3/8"

More information

Architect Series Traditional

Architect Series Traditional SECTION DIRECTORY Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data... LSPD-2 Grille Types... LSPD-3 Size Dimensions and Panel Configurations... LSPD-5 Design Data Vent and Fixed... LSPD-7 Detailed Product

More information

Warranty, Parts & Install Info 1. Series 4600 Double Hung Windows 2. Series 4710 Casement Windows 3. Series 9000 Sliding Patio Door 4

Warranty, Parts & Install Info 1. Series 4600 Double Hung Windows 2. Series 4710 Casement Windows 3. Series 9000 Sliding Patio Door 4 Warranty, Parts & Install Info 1 Series 4600 Double Hung Windows 2 Series 4710 Casement Windows 3 Series 9000 Sliding Patio Door 4 Series 9200 Inswing Doors 5 Series 9300 Outswing Doors 6 Series 9380 Outswing

More information

COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE. Signature

COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE. Signature COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE Signature ABalance Of Form & Function The concept of luxury is far from new, but it s definition does change with time. It improves. It evolves. It is redefined. The new understanding

More information

Weather Shield Aspire Series

Weather Shield Aspire Series Weather Shield Aspire Series VINYL CLAD WOOD WINDOWS & PATIO DOORS WELCOME Welcome to Weather Shield REINVENTED 02 What s new at Weather Shield? Everything! After you ve been in business for 58 years,

More information

Product Guide Specification

Product Guide Specification October 2011 3948 Townsfair Way, Suite 200 Columbus, Ohio 43219 Toll Free 800-746-6686 Website www.simonton.com E-Mail archdetails@simonton.com Product Guide Specification Specifier Notes: This product

More information

Natural beauty of wood with low-maintenance aluminum-clad exteriors. Unique, factory-assembled combinations without the custom price tag

Natural beauty of wood with low-maintenance aluminum-clad exteriors. Unique, factory-assembled combinations without the custom price tag WOOD Pella 450 Series $$ $$$ FEATURES Natural beauty of wood with low-maintenance aluminum-clad exteriors Unique, factory-assembled combinations without the custom price tag Most popular features and options,

More information

EPICVUE CLAD-WOOD PATIO DOOR SLIDING PATIO DOOR TABLE OF CONTENTS

EPICVUE CLAD-WOOD PATIO DOOR SLIDING PATIO DOOR TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Right Stationary GENERAL INFORMATION Dimensional Doors EpicVue Sliding Patio Doors may be specified as "dimensional", by adjusting the desired rough opening width or height in 1/16"

More information

JELD-WEN Express. Quick Quote Update March 2011

JELD-WEN Express. Quick Quote Update March 2011 JELD-WEN Express Quick Quote Update March 2011 JELD-WEN Express TM explains the latest features and benefits for the full breadth of our window, door and patio door lines effective in the current Quick

More information

Lifestyle Series Casement

Lifestyle Series Casement Product Selection Guide Size and Performance Data...LS-CM-2 Features and Options...LS-CM-3 Combination Assemblies...LS-CM-4 Glazing Performance Dual-Pane...LS-CM-8 Triple-Pane... LS-CM-10 Grille Types

More information

Visions 2000 Double Hung Tilt Window Parts Reference Catalog

Visions 2000 Double Hung Tilt Window Parts Reference Catalog Visions 2000 Double Hung Tilt Window Parts Reference Catalog (Includes Parts and Information for Double Hung Tilt Oriel and Double Hung Tilt Picture) #010636 (Revised 01/03) Weather Shield Mfg., Inc. Medford,

More information

COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE

COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE COME HOME TO PARK AVENUE Balance Of Form & Function AThe concept of luxury is far from new, but it s definition does change with time. It improves. It evolves. It is redefined. The new understanding of

More information

CASEMENT WINDOW SYSTEMS

CASEMENT WINDOW SYSTEMS ENCORE DUA ARM OPERATOR All the strength and performance characteristics of Maxim, but with the flexibility of a snap fit cover and streamlined full-flip folding handle. 33% less effort to operate than

More information

Sliding Patio Doors Builders Vinyl

Sliding Patio Doors Builders Vinyl TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications... 7-2 QuickSpecGuide... 7-3 Elevations/Sizes: 1/4 Scale 2-Panel... 7-4 3-Panel... 7-5 2-Panel withtransom... 7-6 Sidelite... 7-8 Transom... 7-9 3-PanelTransom... 7-10

More information

Sliding Windows Brickmould Vinyl

Sliding Windows Brickmould Vinyl TABL OF CONTNTS Specifications........................................................... 6-2 Quick Spec Guide....................................................... 6-3 levations/sizes: 1/4 Scale 2-Wide

More information